As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 20, 2022

Registration No. 333-267006

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1S-1/A

Amendment No. 1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UnderUNDER

The Securities Act ofTHE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Zyrox Mining International, Inc. (formerly Diversified Energy & Fuel, Inc.)Winvest Group Ltd.

(NameExact name of small business issuerRegistrant as specified in its charter)

Nevada2821, 2673781927-2052033
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or(Primary Standard Industrial Classification(IRSI.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)Classification Code Number)Identification No.)
organization)Code Number)

 

Zyrox Mining International, Inc.50 West Liberty StreetSuite 880, RenoNV89501

1800 NE 114 Street, Suite 609Tel: (775)996-0288

Miami, Florida 33181-3414

Telephone (855) 229-9979

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Laughlin Associates

9120 Double Diamond ParkwayCopies to:

Reno NV 89521McMurdo Law Group, LLC

Telephone 800 648 0966, Fax: (775) 883 48741185 Avenue of the Americas, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10036

(Name, address and telephone number(917) 318-2865

Approximate date of Registrant’s agent for service)

Please send copiescommencement of all communications to:

Joseph Lambert Pittera, Esq.

Law Offices of Joseph Lambert Pittera

2214 Torrance Boulevard

Torrance, California 90501

Telephone: (310) 328-3588

Facsimile No. (310) 328-3063

APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:

proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statementthe registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.x

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act Registration Statementregistration statement number of the earlier effective Registration Statementregistration statement for the same offering.

¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act Registration Statementregistration statement number of the earlier effective Registration Statementregistration statement for the same offering.¨offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act Registration Statementregistration statement number of the earlier effective Registration Statementregistration statement for the same offering.¨offering. ☐

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filedfiler, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer¨Accelerated FilerAccelerated filer¨Filer
Non-accelerated filer¨FilerSmaller reporting companyx
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)Emerging growth company

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

        Proposed     
  Amount to  Proposed  Maximum    
Title of Each Class be  Maximum  Aggregate  Amount of 
of Securities to be Registered  Offering Price  Offering Price  Registration 
Registered (1)  Per Share ($)  ($)(2)  Fee($) 
                 
Shares of Common Stock, $ Par Value $.001  50,000,000  $.25(1) $12,500,000  $$1,432.50 

150,000,000 shares are being offered by a direct offering at the price of $.25 per share.
2Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457 of the Securities Act, based upon the fixed price of the direct offering.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such dateIf an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or dates as may be necessaryrevised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)13(a) of the SecuritiesExchange Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

 

WE HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL WE SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

The information in this prospectus (this “Prospectus”) is not complete and may be changed. Neither we, nor the selling shareholders,We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) is effective. This prospectusProspectus is not an offer to sell these securities and neither we, nor the selling stockholders, areit is not soliciting offersan offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer ofor sale is not permitted.

 

ProspectusTable of Contents

Zyrox Mining International, Inc.

1800 NE 114 Street, Suite 609

Miami, Florida 33181-3414

Telephone (305) 891-8915 and (305) 607 9518

A Maximum of 50,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

At $.25 Per Share

Zyrox Mining International, Inc. (“Company”) is registering a maximum of 50,000,000 shares of its common stock at a fixed price of $.25 per share for sale to the generalpublic in an officer/director best effort offering. The Issuer will not be allowed access to any funds until the minimum of $6,250,000 has been deposited into its escrow account signifying the sale of at least a minimum of 25,000,000 common shares.

The Company is a development stage start-up, and currently has limited operations. Any investment in the shares offered herein involves a high degree of risk. You should only purchase shares if you can afford a complete loss of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for Zyrox Mining International, Inc.’s common stock.

BEFORE INVESTING, YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND, PARTICULARLY, THE RISK FACTORS SECTION, BEGINNING ON PAGE 7.

NEITHER THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES DIVISION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES, OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

  Number of Shares  Offering Price  Underwriting Discounts
&
Commissions
  Proceeds to the
Company
 
Per Share  1  $  $0.00  $ 
Maximum  50,000,000  $$.25  $0.00  $12,500,000 
Minimum  25,000,000  $$.25  $0.00  $6,250,000 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Zyrox Mining International, Inc.We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offeroffers or sale issales are not permitted.

Zyrox Mining International, Inc. doesSUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 20, 2022

Winvest Group Ltd.

125,000,000 Shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

This is a public offering of Winvest Group Ltd. We are offering 125,000,000 Common Shares at $1.50 per share (the “Shares”), in a best effort, direct public offering, by our officers and directors for the Company and the Company’s management. There is no minimum proceeds threshold for the offering. The offering will terminate within 360 days from the date of this prospectus. The Company will retain all proceeds received from the shares sold on their account in this offering. The Company has not planmade any arrangements to place the proceeds in an escrow or trust account. Any proceeds received in this offering may be immediately used by the Company in its sole discretion. There are no minimum purchase requirements for each investor. All proceeds retained by the Company may not be sufficient to continue operations.

Our Shares are not currently traded on any national securities exchange, but are quoted on any over-the-counter market, under the symbol “WNLV.”

The Company qualifies as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 101 of the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”) as we do not have more than $1,070,000,000 in annual gross revenue and did not have such amount as of June 30, 2018 our last fiscal year. We are electing to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act.

We may lose our status as an emerging growth company on the last day of our fiscal year during which (i) our annual gross revenue exceeds $2,000,000,000 or (ii) we issue more than $2,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt in a three-year period. We will lose our status as an emerging growth company if at any time we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer. We will lose our status as an emerging growth company on the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement.

As an emerging growth company, we are exempt from Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and Section 14A(a) and (b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Such sections are provided below:

Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires a public company’s auditor to attest to, and report on, management’s assessment of its internal controls.

Sections 14A(a) and (b) of the Exchange Act, implemented by Section 951 of the Dodd-Frank Act, require companies to hold shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute compensation.

As long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 14A(a) and (b) of the Exchange Act.

On May 16, 2022, Winvest Group Ltd. (“WNLV,” or the “Company”) entered into a share exchange agreement (the “Share Exchange Agreement”) with The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC (“TCG”), a California limited liability company, Joseph Lanius (“Lanius”), Nicholas Burnett (“Burnett”), and Khiow Hui Lim (“Khiow,” “Burnett” and together with Lanius, the “TCG Shareholders”), the sole officers, directors, and shareholders of TCG, IQI Media Inc. (“IQI”), a California corporation, solely 100% women-owned company, Khiow, Lanius, Charlene Logan Kelly (“Kelly”), Burnett, Connie Tsai (“Tsai”), and Amy Morton (“Morton”), as the officers, directors and shareholders of IQI (the “IQI Shareholders”). Under the Share Exchange Agreement, One Hundred Percent (100%) of the ownership interest of TCG and IQI was exchanged for 900,000 shares of common stock of the Company at the Closing issued to the TCG Shareholders and the IQI Shareholders. The transaction has been accounted for as a recapitalization of the Company, whereby WNLV is the accounting acquirer.

Investing in our Shares involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” for a detailed discussion of certain risks that you should consider in connection with an investment in our Shares. There are specific risks related to having operations in China that the Company has been organized to avoid.

WNLV is a holding company and we operate our business through TCG and IQI exclusively.

An investment in our securities is highly speculative, involves a high degree of risk and should be considered only by persons who can afford the loss of their entire investments. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 of this offering prospectus before the effective date.prospectus.

Subject to Completion, Dated September ___, 2012NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

Prospectus dated            , 2022

i

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTSProspectus Summary 
1
The OfferingPAGE
SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS5
COMPANY OVERVIEW5
THE OFFERING5
RISK FACTORS6
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR COMPANY6
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS OFFERING9
USE OF PROCEEDS10
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE10
DILUTION OF THE PRICE YOU PAY FOR YOUR SHARES10
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION11
OFFERING WILL BE SOLD BY OUR OFFICER AND DIRECTOR11
TERMS OF THE OFFERING11
DEPOSIT OF OFFERING PROCEEDS12
PROCEDURES FOR AND REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBSCRIBING12
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES12
COMMON STOCK12
NON-CUMULATIVE VOTING12
CASH DIVIDENDS12
INTEREST OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL13
DESCRIPTION OF OUR BUSINESS13
GENERAL INFORMATION13
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND13
PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS AND THEIR MARKETS13
DISTRIBUTION METHODS16
COMPETITION17
SOURCES AND AVAILABILITY OF PRODUCTS18
DEPENDENCE ON ONE OR A FEW MAJOR CUSTOMERS19
PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS19
NEED FOR ANY GOVERNMENT APPROVAL OR PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS20
GOVERNMENT AND INDUSTRY REGULATION20
ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS20
EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS20
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS20
MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS20
PENNY STOCK RULES21
REPORTS22
STOCK TRANSFER AGENTRisk Factors22
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS22
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION22
MANAGEMENT’S PLAN OF OPERATION22
GOING CONCERN22
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS22
PROPOSED MILESTONES TO IMPLEMENT BUSINESS OPERATIONS23
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIESUse of Proceeds23
DIRECTOR, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS25
BACKGROUND INFORMATION ABOUT OUR OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS26
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES26
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE26
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION27
OPTION GRANTS27
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUE27
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (“LTIP”) AWARDS27
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS28
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND OFFICERS’ COMPENSATION28
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT28
FUTURE SALES BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS28
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS28
INDEMNIFICATION29
AVAILABLE INFORMATIONDetermination of Offering Price2930
Dilution31
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations33
Our Business41
Management51
Certain Relationships And Related Transactions57
Description of Share Capital58
Shares Eligible for Future Sale60
Plan of Distribution61
Legal Matters63
Experts63
Where You Can Find Additional Information63
Index to Consolidated Financial StatementsF-1

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we, nor the selling shareholdersWe have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different or additional information. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as tofrom that contained in this prospectus. Neither the reliabilitydelivery of any otherthis prospectus nor the sale of our securities means that the information that others may give you.contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seekingor the solicitation of an offer to buy sharesour securities in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful or in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

For investors outside the United States: We have not taken any action that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of our common stockthis prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the offer or sale is not permitted. United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the securities covered hereby and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

The information contained in this prospectus is correctaccurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

No person is authorized in connection with this prospectus to give any information or to make any representations about us, the securities offered hereby or any matter discussed in this prospectus, other than the information and representations contained in this prospectus. If any other information or representation is given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as having been authorized by us.

We have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus regardlessin any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourself about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

Until October 24, 2022, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.

ii

Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights information that we present more fully elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the time of the delivery ofinformation that you might wish to consider before buying Common Shares in this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

4

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

offering. You should read the following summary together withentire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” and the more detailed business information, financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise denotes, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” andaccompanying notes.

Corporate History

Winvest Group Limited (the “Company” are to), changed its name from Zyrox Mining International, Inc.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

Zyrox Mining International, Inc. on December 17, 2021. The Company (formerly Diversified Energy & Fuel, Inc. until August 15, 2012) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on June 3, 2009. Zyrox Mining International, Inc.The Company began formal operations on June 3, 2009, with the principle purpose of developing, marketing, and selling software products through the Internet, and to provide web based services for individuals and small business. During 2010, this business was discontinued and management focused on developing a biodegradable plastic opportunity.

The Company began trading as Riverdale Capital, Ltd. under the symbol “RICP” on June 3, 2009. Effective April 30, 2012 the Company changed its name to Diversified Energy & Fuel International, Inc and changed its name to Zyrox Mining International, Inc. on August 15, 2012.

On November 8, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of the Membership Interests of WSVPA Bio Products Incorporated, a Nevada LLC in consideration for 102,238,200 shares of common stock. After completion of their due diligence, WSPVA formally closed on the transaction on May 12, 2012. The Company subsequently received 500,000,000 Class "A"“A” membership units and 1,000,000 Class “B” membership units representing 100% of the membership interest of WSPVA (dissolvingplastic.com) in return for 102,238,200 common shares of the Company and WSPVA is now a wholly ownedwholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

On August 17, 2010, the then Chief Executive Officer resigned and appointed Carl H. Kruse as sole Director and Chief Executive Officer. Carl H. Kruse became the majority shareholder at that time by virtue of a Stock Purchase Agreement with the majority shareholder, resulting in a change of control of the Issuer.

The Company finalized the acquisition of a biodegradable plastic manufacturer, WSPVA, Bio Products International, LLC, a Nevada LLC, on March 12, 2012 for 102,238,200 common shares, of which 98,984,744 had been issued in the prior fiscal year and recorded as Issuance of Common Shares for Donated Services, because of the uncertainty of completing the transaction. The Company now owns 100% of the equity interests in this wholly owned subsidiary. With the transaction now complete the market value of the shares on March 12, 2012 has been recorded as the purchase price for WSPVA.

We are a development stage company and have not yet opened for business or generated any revenues. Our limited start-up operations have consisted of the formation of our business plan and identification of our target market. We will require the funds from this offering in order to fully implement our business plan as discussed in the “Plan of Operation” section During the period from November 2012 through April 2020, the Company was dormant.

The Company’s accounting year-end is.

David Lazar, the principal of Custodian Ventures, LLC conducted due diligence on the Company and determined that the Company would be a potential Custodianship candidate, based upon previous management appearing to have abandoned the Company approximately eleven years ago. Mr. Lazar then chose to buy shares of the Company on the open market, and start a Custodianship proceeding. 

On December 27, 2019 Custodian Ventures, LLC was appointed as the custodian of the Company by the Eighth Judicial Court of Nevada pursuant to Case No. A-19-805642-B.

1

Table of Contents

On March 5, 2021, as a result of a private transaction, 300,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Shares”) of the Company, were transferred from Custodian Ventures, LLC (the “Seller”) to Wan Nyuk Ming, Ng Chian Yin, and Jeffrey Wong Kah Mun, respectively, based on their ownership of Winvest Group Limited (collectively, the “Purchaser”). As a result, the Purchaser became an approximately 90% holder of the voting rights of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis of the Company, and became the controlling shareholders. The consideration paid for the Shares was $700,000. The source of the cash consideration for the Shares was the personal funds of the Purchaser. In connection with the transaction, David Lazar released the Company from all debts owed to him and/or the Seller.

Other than as described below, there are no arrangements or understandings among both the former and new control persons and their associates with respect to the election of directors of the Company or other matters. The information set forth in Item 5.02 of this prospectus.Form 8-K is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.01.

On April 14, 2021, the existing director and officer resigned immediately. Accordingly, David Lazar, serving as a director and an officer, ceased to be the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Treasurer, Secretary and a Director.

On April 14, 2021, Mr. Wan Nyuk Ming consented to act as the new Chairman and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company; Mr. Ng Chian Yin consented to act as Managing Director (MD) and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company; Mr. Jeffrey Wong Kah Mun consented to act as the new Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Finally, also on April 14, 2021, Ms. Tham Yee Wen was appointed as Secretary and Chief Operating Officer (COO) of the Company; Ms. Boo Shi Huey was appointed as Treasurer of the Company.

On December 29, 2021, FINRA declared the latest name change and a 1 for 250 reverse stock split went effective. Also on December 29, 2021, the Company was informed by FINRA that the Company’s ticker symbol would be changed to WNLV in twenty business days.

On May 16, 2022, Winvest Group Ltd. (“WNLV,” or the “Company”) entered into a share exchange agreement (the “Share Exchange Agreement”) with The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC (“TCG”), a Delaware corporation, Joseph Lanius (“Lanius”), Nicholas Burnett (“Burnett”), and Khiow Hui Lim (“Khiow,” “Burnett,” and together with Lanius, the “TCG Shareholders”), the sole officers, directors, and shareholders of TCG, IQI MEDIA INC. (“IQI”), a California corporation, Khiow, Lanius, Charlene Logan Kelly (“Kelly”), Burnett, Connie Tsai (“Tsai”), and Amy Morton (“Morton”), as the officers, directors and shareholders of IQI (the “IQI Shareholders”). Under the Share Exchange Agreement, One Hundred Percent (100%) of the ownership interest of TCG and IQI was exchanged for 900,000 shares of common stock of the Company at the Closing issued to the TCG Shareholders and the IQI Shareholders. The transaction has been accounted for as a recapitalization of the Company, whereby WNLV is the accounting acquirer.

On May 25, 2022, the Board of Directors of Winvest Group Limited (the “Company”) appointed Lim Khiow Hui as the Corporation’s Chief Strategic Officer and Charlene Logan Kelly as the Corporation’s Chief Intellectual Officer.

On June 13, 2022, the Board of Directors of Winvest Group Limited (the “Company”) appointed Khiow Hui Lim to the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

On June 29, 2022, the Board of Directors of Winvest Group Limited (the “Company”) accepted the resignation of Tham Yee Wen as the Company’s Secretary. Also, on June 29, 2022, the Board of Directors of the Company appointed Lim Khiow Hui as the Company’s Secretary.

2

Table of Contents

Business Overview

Winvest Group Ltd. (“WNLV” or the “Company”) is a US holding company incorporated in Nevada, which operates through the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries TCG and IQI.

TCG

The Catalyst Group Entertainment is a media debt financing company focusing on opportunities comprised of global emerging film, television and media projects. We curate a diverse portfolio of projects that we believe will create profitable and steady returns for investors with an equal focus on capital protection by providing collateralized loans to an asset class that is traditionally not correlated to normal market conditions.

The Catalyst Group Entertainment (hereafter called “TCG”) is a media finance and production company for the media and entertainment sector headed by Joseph S. Lanius, Nick D. Burnett and Khiow H. Lim with over 25 years’ experience in the film industry, encompassing film finance, production and distribution. The TCG team has relationships with movie studios, streaming platforms, agencies, production companies and leading financial institutions.

TCG has a broad range of film finance products and support services to offer established and emerging film production companies, catalyzing both domestic and international filmmakers and producers in the global film markets.

With our experience, networks, relationships and resources, TCG utilizes risk mitigation techniques that could enhance investor protection by financing collateralized debt and gap/mezzanine positions for film, television and other media projects, whilst also occasionally securing net profit participations to enable investors to benefit from potential extraordinary returns generated from TCG financed projects.

The founding team possesses a full breadth of hands-on experience including deal origination, financial structuring, business and legal affairs consulting and film and television production expertise. Within the new emerging digital entertainment market, TCG will not only provide media financing tools but also plans to partner with a distribution aggregator with experienced technology developers and data analysts to facilitate a streaming distribution platform for content creators backed by metrics.

Our founding members believe that current and anticipated market trends are ideal for the launch of a debt facility with industry veterans that have a strong background in financing and production and media technology. Our team has an excellent industry network of associates that have worked with major film studios, globally known talent and packaging agencies, and management companies. We also possess a strong network of close relationships with distributors, as well as recognized Sale Agents and banks. These are complemented by an extensive network of family offices, asset managers, hedge funds and a pool of private investors.

Independent Film Financing Overview

EQUITY

Equity investment is the last to recoup in the waterfall of revenues for a media project. The equity investors negotiate with producers for a share of net profits, which could be up to 50% depending on the size of the investment for the project. This type of investment is the highest risk & highest potential reward. The production team and overall package of the media project are important factors to help mitigate the risk and optimize the reward.

GAP:

The “gap” position in the waterfall is a form of mezzanine debt financing where the producer wishes to complete their film finance plan by procuring a loan that is secured against the projected estimates of a media project that are provided by the sales and distribution experts within the marketplace for a particular project. This is a type of loan that TCG will provide in the marketplace and generate interest rates of 10-17.5% annually.

3

Table of Contents

PRE-SALES:

Prior to the media project being released, distribution agreements with major studios or film distributors negotiated by producers and sales agents for the media project are made that provide a minimum guarantee or license fee with a negotiated payment structure and backend. The typical payment structure is 10-20% upon signature and 80-90% upon delivery of the finished film to the distributor. TCG will provide pre-sale loans for projects at interest rates between 5-12.5% annually.

SOFT MONEY:

So-called “soft money” can take on a variety of different forms including tax credits, tax rebates and tax allowances, government-backed grants or subsidies, negotiated service discounts and sales of certain rights in the film. The most common form of soft money is in tax incentives, tax rebates, or tax credits that are paid by the government body where the media project is produced. This is generally considered to be highly secured financing and any loans for this type of collateral typically generate interest returns of approximately 8-10% annually.

Deals

When making GAP LOANS:

it is very important that the producer has a solid production track record and key crew to support to ensure that the producer can deliver the film that it is proposing on time and on budget.

TCG’s executive producer team will vary from project to project; overseeing and monitoring each project.

Client Focus

Pre-sale distribution. Securing minimum guarantees and license fees.

In collaboration with a reputable sales agency, skilled producers can sell distribution rights piecemeal to various domestic and foreign territories before the project starts production, which is known as a “pre-sale” within the industry. These are sales made to reputable and verified distributors with proven records of timely payment. The amount of the minimum guarantee/license fee is based on the strength of the script and attached (or “packaged”) elements such as director and actors. TCG will always discount the pre-sale collateral when determining its loan size to provide a safety buffer.

Tax Incentive Financing and GAP/Mezzanine Contributions

TAX INCENTIVES:

Many countries and states provide tax incentives from government entities. In the United States, many state governments (e.g. Georgia, Louisiana, New York, etc.) have tax incentive programs for media projects that are a reliable form of collateral for financiers. The tax incentive is dependent upon the amount of qualified spend in the production location. Interest rates for tax incentive financing vary from 8-12% with repayment typically being made from the applicable government entity within 12-18 months depending on the program. The tax incentive loan will not be provided until an industry approved third party has analyzed the budget and submitted an estimated audit. Also, the producer must provide necessary evidence that the production is approved to qualify for the tax incentive. The amount of the tax incentive loan will be no more than 90% of the estimated tax incentive return provided by the auditor.

GAP/MEZZANINE FINANCING:

Gap financing is a type of mezzanine financing that is secured by unsold territories for a media project. This type of financing is recouped after the pre-sale loan is satisfied. It is a riskier form of financing than pre-sale loans but also has a higher form of return averaging from 12-17.5% annually depending on the evaluation of the overall risk profile of the project. The estimated time of recoupment is normally 12-18 months. TCG will consider the performance of pre-sales and overall value of the package to determine the appropriate amount of gap financing. With certain projects, any gap financing will require a net profit share that can potentially generate exponential returns if a picture is a box office success.

Competitive Advantages

TCG has experienced finance and production executives, a rigorous and strategic green-light process, U.S. and international distribution relationships, and access to premium investment opportunities.

4

Table of Contents

INVESTMENT CONTROLS AND PROTECTIONS

With extensive access to the top commercial film projects from the studios/production companies and independent producers, predominantly due to TCG’s and its principals’ track record, reputation and standing within the industry, deals will be sourced from trusted professionals working in the entertainment industry.

The Managers have created a due diligence process to facilitate the initial assessment of each media project submission and will involve key partners to help with the evaluation process. If gap coverage is being considered a ‘reader’s coverage’ review of the script may also be sourced.

TCG has several risk mitigation advantages including (i) use of tried and tested transaction structures, (ii) knowledge of the various co-production treaties and their benefits, and (iii) thorough collateral evaluation and due diligence techniques. For any loan to be issued, there must be a credible finance plan with evidence that 100% of the budget will be in place upon loan issuance to complete and deliver the project in accordance with the production schedule. TCG also negotiates priority recoupment positions appropriate to the level of risk undertaken. All productions will have (i) general liability and errors and omission insurance policies, (ii) reputable third-party collection agents, and (iii) robust legal documentation to secure the necessary collateral and rights.

GAP funding will be no more than 50% of a budget and the applicable sales agent’s historical hit rate of actual sales vs take estimates will be scrutinized. Additionally, no less than 25% of the sales fees due to the sales agent will be deferred until TCG’s loans are repaid. This is intended to align interests and ensure the sales agent needs to perform for them to earn their full fees. Counter party creditworthiness will be assessed by appropriate due diligence. TCG will always liaise with its network and other financiers in assessing and validating its due diligence of counter-parties.

SALES AGENT RELATIONSHIPS

 

TCG has relationships with sales agents including, but not limited to, Hanway Films, The Solution Entertainment Group, XYZ Films, the Exchange, Mister Smith, Highland Film Group, and AGC Studios.

IQI

IQI MEDIA INC. is a full-service content creation, film and advertising production company located in the City of Pasadena, California. Our producers’ team keen on managing all aspects of a multilingual project throughout the life cycle from conception and strategy to design, development and delivery. IQI Media, a solely 100% women-owned company, founded by Khiow Hui Lim in August 2010, a native Malaysia born producer graduated from Wichita State University. She has been producing from small to large scale video, film productions for more than 20+ years.

In 2012, IQI reached out to Brand USA offered to donate a nearly 700 hours road trip footage to support President Obama “Travel Promotion Act” campaign, ended up IQI was offered a contracted post editorial job from Miles Partnership. Miles Partnership is the official destination marketing management agency under the “Travel Promotion Act” that created the Brand USA — the country’s first national marketing arm was signed into law in 2010. IQI’s mission is to support Brand USA and Miles Partnership to increase incremental international visitation, spend, and market share to fuel the nation’s economy and enhance the image of the USA worldwide.

IQI production has served prestigious S&P 500 brand clients, overseeing interactive development from pre- to post-production, including concept and design.

In 2014, IQI decided to embrace it production creativity into feature length film and animation production. During these years, IQI and producer Charlene Kelly closed a deal to begin story development with the Academy Awards director Brenda Chapman. And the next year to complete a sci-fiction feature film titled “Alien Code” currently distributed across North America and Europe starring an Emmy award cast Richard Schiff, Mary McCormack

In 2018, IQI officially incorporated in state of California, as a joint venture with The Catalyst Group Entertainment to roll out theatrical and original streaming content. Focus on “ConTech” incubators who can utilize visual creation, script data development with analytical metrics and emerging technologies for better content delivery experience.

5

Table of Contents

OUR VISION

IQI vision is to be the best-in-content visual delivery and metric analysis in content creativity and reiteration production lab — helping content creators in the largest share of the global streaming market and significantly contributing to job creation, gross domestic product (GDP), export cultural and freedom contents throughout the world.

OUR MISSION

Our mission is to increase content creator incremental revenues via streaming platforms, and value proposition to streaming partners market share to fuel nationwide jobs creation and enhance the story of the USA worldwide, not only in short form video but also in a large-scale format like theatrical release movies.

Market Overview

During the global lockdown at the end of March 2020, Deloitte media, entertainment and technology did a possible scenarios on how a world reshaped by pandemic-driven trends; and one where streaming video and subscription services have revolutionized the traditional U.S. media and entertainment industry. According to Deloitte media, entertainment and technology, 82% of U.S. consumers subscribe to at least one paid streaming video service; the average subscriber has four paid video streaming services. Each consumer might subscribe to Apple+, Disney+, Netflix and Amazon Prime. Representing media and entertainment behaviors in five different countries, Deloitte’s 16th annual “Digital Media Trends” survey shows global audiences are increasingly frustrated managing the costs and content of streaming video on-demand services, New York, March 29, 2022. According to a 2021 survey report from the Deloitte Center for Technology, Media & Telecommunications, many cancelled cables and subscribe to HBO Max, Hulu, Netflix and Amazon Prime or even spend over $80 a month subscription on Youtube Premium TV (Doug Shapiro, “One clear casualty of the streaming wars: profit,” TheStartup, Medium, October 28, 2020).

According to Deloitte Insights, 55% of respondents now watch a free ad-supported video service. Streaming music subscribers pay for an average of two paid music services, and those who subscribe to gaming services pay for an average of three.

Subscribers cite an increase in price as the biggest reason they would cancel a paid video, music, or gaming service.

Before the pandemic, the Studios typically released new movies to theaters with an exclusive window: A film would not be shown on any other channel during the theatrical release. On average, studios share 45% of box office revenue with the theater operator. Most movies make about 75% of total US box office revenue in the first 17 days (including the first three weekends), yet they can stay in theaters for another 60 to 75 days to capture the remaining 25%. The longer a movie runs in theaters, the more the revenue share shifts in favor of the venues (Chris Arkenberg, David Cutbill, Jeff Loucks, Kevin Westcott, Digital Media Trends “The Future Of Movies,” The Deloitte Center for Technology, Media & Telecommunications, 10 December 2020).

Key Findings

Traditionally, the windowing system has ensured that revenue generated by each platform is protected by rights to show movies during a particular time frame. Theatrical releases not only drive box office revenues; typically determine how revenue from subsequent windows are negotiated. Here’s an example, the license fee for TV windows is determined by the success of the theatrical release: the higher the box office revenue, the higher the license fee paid to studios. If more movies skip theaters or shorten theatrical windows in favor of digital platforms, fewer movies would likely be able to generate required box office results or reach minimums for TV deals. Likewise, production budget and cost will eventually reach to the lowest.

Changes to the theatrical window—such as releasing a movie on Streaming OR PVoD instead of in a theater—could create a domino effect of change across other windows and put more pressure on the success of streaming efforts to compensate. This shifting landscape puts studios in a difficult position. They may be able to reach more people through streaming services, particularly during the pandemic, but doing so could undermine theaters and the large revenues they generate.

6

Table of Contents

As on-demand streaming services have expanded, they have put more pressure on the traditional post-theater windows, such as premium and basic pay TV.

IQI producers team believes that by Q2 of 2022, at least 150 million paid subscriptions to streaming video-on-demand (SVOD) services will be cancelled worldwide, with churn rates of up to 30% per market.

As leading streaming providers expand globally while national media companies spin up their own domestic streaming services, the amplified competition is creating abundant consumer choice—and this whip effect is accelerating as a result. That’s the bad news.

However, we believe the good news is that, overall, more subscriptions will be added than cancelled, the average number of subscriptions per person will rise, and, in markets with the highest churn, many of those cancelling may resubscribe to a service that they had previously left. These are all signs of a competitive and maturing SVOD market. As SVOD matures, growth across global regions that may have different cost sensitivities will likely require different business model innovation and pathways to profitability in media and entertainment.

Physical movie theaters do exist and will continuing shining in a different business model by market.

Current Filmmaking

The IQI production team is a true believer in post-covid “Filmmaking+” and “Cinema+” landscape. If the motherland is full of viruses, we are should have died by now. Apparently, our motherland can heal itself without a doubt.

When a movie or television show shoots on location, it brings jobs, revenue, and related infrastructure development, providing an immediate boost to the local economy. Our industry pays out $44 billion per year to more than 320,000 businesses in cities and small towns across the country—and the industry itself is comprised of more than 93,000 businesses, 87 percent of which employ fewer than 10 people. As much as $250,000 can be injected into local economies per day when a film shoots on location. In some cases, popular films and television shows can also boost tourism. Travel agencies even bundle with an extraordinary location to serve tourists for better travel experience. In conclusion, FILM INDUCED TOURISM does influence younger travelers to a world destination (Shbhangi Goel, “Blockbuster movies create booms for tourism — and headaches for locals,” August 26, 2021. Source: https://www.cnbc.com/2021/08/26/movie-tourism-films-that-attract-visitors-cause-problems-for-locals.html.

Business Model

IQI, through its sole officer, has been in media and entertainment industry for more than 11 years. It wasn’t an easy journey for IQI the past 10 years to use of Strategic Foresight Methods for Content Creation and Portfolio Management in visual and storytelling. IQI has created a unique 3 Edges business model to drive revenues to the core business – ConTech Studio. Our blueprint layouts as below:

IQI original development and co-producing series productions – IQI currently has the following programs and ConTech (Content Technology) in production pipeline:

(1)MaiContent Aggregator Solution Platform

(2)Original Content Development Slate + Producing Services

(3)Content Management Solution and Services

7

Table of Contents

Up-Coming Development:

MaiContent Aggregator is a B2B solutions platform, it serves Content Creator and Streaming Partners.

MaiContent solutions acts as a “One-Stop Gatekeeper Entertainment Smart Platform” for content creators, filmmakers, and streaming partners in OTT (Over The Top) landscape.

IQI has a group of freelancers working as content growth management to help distribution clients and exiting brand clients to content manage clients’ content asset via YouTube Channel. Our industry distribution partner includes, Synergetic Films to facilitate larger format content to the crowded OTT (Over The Top) market. IQI is currently doing such with MaiContent Content (B2b) Solution Development for the media and film industry. The downstream users of this platform are film directors, producers, sales agents, distributors, publishers and key opinion leaders As for the upstream partners, they are Streaming Media Services Providers such as Apple+, Amazon Prime, Google Play, Hulu, Peacock TV, Paramount +, Disney +, Xbox One, PlayStation, Netflix and etc. It also offers an Intellectual Property (IP) entertainment marketplace with an implementation of Blockchain technology applications serves as IP Global Gatekeeper. We believe via the emergence of technology, MaiContent aggregator solution could be the evolution of the industry and gameplay changing for fluctuated OTT market.

IQI has been analysing and following, since 2014, both nascence and attractive profit pools.

Customer Value Proposition

During MaiContent 1.0 development, our module will focus mainly on the following target audience:

Copyrighted Owners

Equity Producers

Distributor/Publishers

Business Development Partners Value Propostion

Developing at least 4 Territories Streaming Partners. Territories include: Canada, United Kingdom, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, China, Malaysia, Singapore and Taiwan.

The value for the above-mentioned customers is based on time, money and trust, therefore, while reducing customers’ search time, it offers our partners an instant screening protocols and quality control services, often time, it helps to minimize customizable list of similar products and services. At the same time bringing down operation cost for our streaming partners.

Enter The Blockchain

During the MaiContent 1.0 development, our business intelligence engineer and product programmer have drafted a complete blueprint that could allow our software engineers to begin the modules application development. One of the most important pieces is the implementation of blockchain technology to our development. These applications will strengthen our privacy and promises to content users. There are many reasons for this development, as there are 0.01% standardized IP Entertainment market institutions operating. Currently, IP tended to be traded in a tedious tailor-made manner using costly IP professionals, acting on behalf of the traders in an exponentially growing and increasingly chaotic IP environment. IP contents generate cultural programs and entertainment economic liquidation over time in various spaces (scenarios). The core of IP commercial value is to achieve the ultimate goal of liquidation by means of diversified imitative (copycat behaviour) operation.

8

Table of Contents

Due to the lack of a common IP Entertainment Marketplace, MaiContent Aggregator is looking to offer a new business model and solution to market.

MaiContent Aggregator Solution Platform

Introducing Our Aggregator Brand

MaiContent aggregator platform will conduct the following business practices:

MaiContent is built to provide asset management and content management to the users. Secondly, providing low or median range encoding fee to 6 majors English-speaking territories (US, Canada, UK, Ireland, Australia and New Zealand). For an additional charge filmmakers can release in all of the remaining territories. No distribution fees will enable filmmakers to keep the majority of the distribution revenues. MaiContent provides content strategy and technology support - we then partnered with an encoding house or production post house to release their movie. This can bring costs down to a minimum and is affordable to content creators, filmmakers and producers. Our in-house content management team will provide cost-per-acquisition reports to our customers, Filmmakers only have to submit their movie once and they can choose as many platforms as they want at an additional cost per platform. We assist producers with reaching targeted audiences and the tactics of — Keywords, Interests, Ethic and Demographics, Topics, Placements, 1st Growth Data, Customer Data and Fan Loyalty. Filmmaker’s digitized film assets will charge for fair price for encrypted data. Assets will be stored on secure Cloud Storage to ensure content creator easy access. Filmmakers will have 24/7 access via a dashboard, to their revenue reports.

 

Our principal and executive officessolutions are located at 1800 NE 114th Street, Suite 609, Miami, Florida 33181 – 3414to bypass the traditional model of sales agents enlisting different distributors manually to digitally releasing in different countries. They will charge encoding fees individually for each country. This means that for releasing your movie in 6 majors English-speaking territories, you would pay 6 x the encoding fee. MaiContent Automation can do it all with telephone number of (855) 229-9979. Our registered statutory office is located at 9120 Double Diamond Parkway, Reno, Nevada 89521. Our fiscal year-end is May 31.

THE OFFERING

Following is a brief summary of this offering. Please see the Plan of Distribution section for a more detailed description of the terms of the offer.just one low fees.

 

Securities Being Offered:50,000,000 sharesWith minimum transparency, traditional model with hidden workflows, avoid acknowledging the content creator about the existing 30% profit split revenue from any bigger distributing platforms. Distributors will take 40-50% and their recoupable expenses, sales agent will take another 20 – 35%, plus additional marketing expenses, leaving the producer or filmmaker in a negative position with no recourse. Worst scenario, a hidden deal between sales agent and distributor can be a longevity relationship on a single IP.

MaiContent development team believes the nature of IP content or data coexisting between multiple parties all having controlled access to a single, shared source of the truth – the “Distributed Ledger”. Every set of data or content has an owner, and trust in that data and content depends on the security and responsibility exercised by each party. The process could lead to a non-friendly set up at the beginning but once it’s the initial process is completed, it helps to secure the rights of Content Creator and Filmmaker. At the same time, generating a cash flow to all parties: Content Creator, Distributors and MaiContent Aggregator. Each party sends money and any form of digitized value that related businesses directly and safely through a decentralized ecosystem.

The Smart Business Landscape of Entertainment IP

 
During MaiContent Phase 2 development in Q3, 2023, our development team will attempt to further combine nodes recognition and secure ID into a smart business architecture to strengthen peer-to-peer network. A large number of visual scanning detection technology is exploring to integrate for copyright claims, and commercial transactions, also known as payment solutions.

9

Table of Contents

Based on Entertainment contents, multimedia platform will bring point-to-point media entertainment contents for users and eliminate issues such as operational costs and splits caused by the centralized platform. In such case, both content creators and users would maximize their gains. Phase 2 development will provide a publicity of Digital Ads sharing protocol that allow users to stay on a transparent, and privacy-protected ecosystem among advertisers, paid advertisement brands and public users.

DASHBOARD MODULE

10 to 16 weeks

APPLICATION MODULE

10 to 12 weeks

BACKEND DATABASE FRAMEWORK

36 weeks

PAYMENT INTEGRATION &
APPROVAL depends on Payment Channels

Original Content Development Slate and Producing Services

(A)This Whole World – Animation series

This Whole World is a Pre-School Animation Series featuring an iconic catalogue of music from the 60s and 70s.

Est Budget: USD 11 million

Format: 22 X: 11-minute episodes

Demographic – 4-10 years old, family

For This Whole World, we have attached Mark Baldo as director/ writer and Charlene Kelly as producer/ writer, to engage their service in incorporating the present vision of the project into an episodic breakdown for the series format in preparation for the steps outlined.

The vision behind the show’s idea, themes and even the look is bright, fun and playful, much like the music for which it is based upon. This musically charged animated series focuses on the simple fact that ‘what makes people different is what makes them beautiful’. The alien creatures that live in ‘This Whole World’ celebrate their world of music every year at an annual music festival where the children of ‘no color’ are chosen by small sea creatures called ‘Oppos’ who grant the children their color and the sound they will produce when they sing. Being left out or the wrong color doesn’t matter in this whole world because every color is needed to create the harmony and beautiful music together to keep their world safe.

PROJECT SCHEDULE:

01.Development

02.Production

03.Marketing And Merchandise

04.Distribution And the Future

10

Table of Contents

Initial Development:

The initial step is to gain the interest and get a distribution partner to agree interested in the project. To do that, they will need to see a financial plan, production schedule, story outline, episodic breakdown and style of the show.

Once interested, they may give a ‘Letter of Intent’ but not start legitimate negotiations until they see a pilot script, character development and/or a small 20-30 second teaser so that they have an idea of how the show will look once it is produced.

This development stage is a necessary expense for partners to agree to come into the project and become part of the revenue share. All the work done at this stage is not for loss. It will be used towards the production of the project as well as the creation of the marketing and merchandising of the series, so worth this initial investment.

Series Production:

Once agreements having been met, with regards to the term sheet details set forth between the partners, Winvest/IQI and the Distributor, a Production Long-Form Agreement will be drawn up with the necessary production partners – an animation studio, post-production studio, sound recording facility, talent agents, music licensor. Production will begin with the necessary funding needed up front to begin the work. The payment schedule to the partners will be set up in accordance with the delivery of the product and or services per that partner and the contract with them.

Marketing and Merchandising:

As soon as a distribution partner is on board and the project has started production, attentions can be focused on merchandising and marketing. With a 9-11 month ramp up required for some products, it is necessary to focus on conscientiously designing the characters during the development stage with this in mind.

Having the music catalogue attached and musical artists involved will increase the shows brand, giving it a marketability that most shows are lacking. That, mixed with its focus of ‘happy feelings and self-love’, is a powerful marketing combination.

Marketing, PR releases with the distribution partner and through the musical talents, there will be a wider reach for the show and a higher chance at getting it marketed to a greater audience.

Distribution and The Future:

The plan with the series is to find a distribution partner to show the series on their platform worldwide.

Delivery to the partner will take place as soon as the first few episodes are available for release and while the rest of the series is still in production.

We have already been in talks with musical artists that hold the rights to other iconic catalogues of music. If popular, there is potential for additional seasons of the show using these catalogues.

11

Table of Contents

(B)Sunday Dinner – Feature Film

For Sunday Dinner, we have concluded an initial LOI and MOU with director Matteo Ribaudo.

Sunday Dinner, a homemade Italian-American classic! It’s a heart-warming comedy that will keep you at the edge of your seat laughing and hungry from more!

Comparable Films:

The table below demonstrates films we believe to be comparable to “Sunday Dinner” either in terms of budget or genre. As is often the case with these sorts of films, they have all had very successful post-theatrical sales above and beyond their worldwide theatrical grosses.

Moonstruck

Big Night

My Big Fat Greek Wedding

City Island

This Is Where I Leave You

My Cousin Vinny

Sell Point: ‘Sunday Dinner’ will appeal to the hearts of audiences worldwide with its themes of family, drama, and a big helping of comedy.

Current Status: Khiow Hui and Charlene have met with director Matteo Ribaudo, co-screenwriter Heidi Mastrogiovanni to discuss the production timeline and the final locked screenplay. Mr. Ribaudo has sent script to our desire cast talent, Ms. Tomei, Mr. Tucci and Mr. De Niro. Location scouting schedule in set in late September and when the initial funds is confirmed, production schedule will immediately set to confirm with casting director and talent agencies.

12

Table of Contents

 

(C)Christmas Café – Feature Film

At the heart of this film is a message of giving and family bonds and of course, celebrating the Christmas spirit. With our story and themes, we are targeting Lifetime / Hallmark / ABC Family /Inspire / and Up networks where Family audiences and the decision-making demographics of purchase empowered females.

For Christmas Cafe, we have concluded an initial LOI and MOU with the producer/creator, John P. Aguirre, from Buddy Bear Adventure LLC. Charlene and Khiow Hui have the initial story development conversation In June with Christmas Café screen writer David Totti and John to possible develop the feature screenplay into a series for Hallmark Channel.

Here’s the story: It is about a selfish young woman threatens to close her family’s diner for the first time ever on Christmas Day, prompting a visit from a feisty guardian angel determined to protect a holiday tradition. The script and preliminary one sheet is attached. Screenplay is completed after few revisions and ready for scene breaks down.

Sell point:

As a Christmas film, its deeper value is that it can be re-released annually in a wide spectrum of markets both domestically and internationally. Even releases for Christmas in Summer – territories: Australia and New Zealand.

13

Table of Contents

(D)Cured – TV Limited Series

IQI has a television limited series coming soon, titled “Cured.” Cured is about the cure for cancer being found and covered up by corporate pharmaceutical companies; Our misunderstood hero must rediscover his father’s cure while being antagonized by corporations and the people closest to him.

“CURED” PLAN

PHASE 001

-Secure 10mm development financing for Gene_03.

-Season 1 – Episodes breakdown completed.

-Create CURED, LLC, build a development team of common stock,three producers, six writers, and CFO.

-Write Pilot Script of current Pilot Bible. Take notes from contacts on Pilot script as all other eight episodes are written for Season 001.

-Amend Pilot episode, secure talent, produce/ shoot said Pilot, and package Pilot with full first season written/talent secured.

PHASE 002

-Go direct to Network and VOD connections for principal production funding. The current sentiment in the market is that networks need ORIGINAL content, we plan to sell the show as ORIGINAL content while excluding international rights.

-Secure distribution deals with the one of the following streaming platforms: Amazon Studios, Hulu, Netflix, Peacock, HBO MAX, and Paramount +.

14

Table of Contents

(E)I Will Follow Him – Feature Film (*Title: To-Be-Determined)

Story to begin with: When a man claiming to be the runaway son of a reclusive widow reappears after twenty years to claim his inheritance, what begins as an emotion al reunion unravels into a dangerous, demented affair as the twisted history of the lavish estate unearths. She uses her hilltop palace as a prison, locked in with her memories and guilt far from the bright Los Angeles lights below. It is the ultimate prize that lures Guy in originally, symbolic of a wealthy lifestyle he’s never been privy to. Inside he finds it haunted with creeks and booms coming from the boy’s locked room, and his only clue to its unlocking lies in the eerie crest engraved to its doorknob. But there’s more; the boy’s clothes and toys seem to appear and then disappear, there are items buried in the yard where the boy’s favorite tree used to be and where the last VHS footage of him was captured, and then there’s the scratch marks that keep appearing, and the visions of the boy’s ghost following him through the hall….(cont.)

Current status: A final screenplay is locked and confirmed to make into feature. This low budget range feature film budgeted at USD 3 million and $500K for P&A. Has a strong woman’s character.

7)My Daughter’s Death – Feature Film

Some people are destined for the spotlight, some are destined for the streetlight.

This is a film about the forgotten faces of the American Dream. One that is personal and based off the true story of family members related to us. It will be treated as such, with delicacy and compassion and sensitivity, but also in admiration of its perseverant subjects. We want a team of equally rogue-minded creatives with unfiltered, non-judgmental views of the world. And we want to hear what they want to see made. This is the dream, making the film we want to see. And finally, that dream is about to come true.

15

Table of Contents

(3)

Content Management Solution and Services

IQI is currently working on three content management projects. They are Spookley the Square Pumpkin animation, Ancore Distribution, and a Mojo Mandala Art on Ouction Exchange (NFT).

As a content strategic partners to our content creators, IQI content team manages contents such as: Weekly Short Children Animation, Educational Programs. Our content partners preference is to showcase their contents through YouTube Channel, Rumble Channel, Discord, Twitch with API integration pixel coding via Google Analytic – Google Ad Sense and Facebook Ads Manager.

With the above content partnership relationship, it allows IQI sustains an active cash flow with content creators from a 60/40, 70/30 or 80/20 revenues split.

Coming-soon project:

1)Spookley – Content Management Project

PROJECTIONS FOR ANIMATED IPs:

Spookley the Square Pumpkin is featured in best-selling children’s books and is the star of his own animated movie that is now the most popular special every October on Disney Channel and Disney Junior. Spookley is also a featured attraction at theme parks and pumpkin patches around the world. Spookley delivers a powerful message of tolerance and kindness that is embraced by educators, caregivers, and non-profit organizations worldwide.

16

Table of Contents

On-Going Project:

2)Ancore Distribution – Content Management Project

IQI has reached an exclusive deal with Ancore Distribution (Beijing) to content managing Ancore export films from Japan, Korea, China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. Our main goal is to begin a content test for a year per both parties agreed to pa zero licensing fees and content managing in exchange for audience engagement contents. Currently, IQI has completed setting up Ancore Picture first feature film, entitled “Wish You Were Here” on YouTube Channel. Our content managing team set up Google Ad Sense and Analytic coding, in the progress of waiting for Content ID approval from YouTube copyright division. During the progress of accumulating audience traffic data and metric measurement, IQI is working with Ancore to secure two to five more movies to expand Ancore movies catalogue.

For more details regarding Ancore Distribution – Official YouTube Channel, please visit the following URL:

https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCI7YtsPb0OiOpnAHZtZ3Qew/about

3)Mojo Mandala Art piece on Ouction (NFT) Exchange

IQI signed a content management contract in March, serves as Ouction’s partner in North America to launch Ouction Opensea NFT Collection. Our tasks mainly collaborate with North America artist, create Meta campaigns to drive traffic to Ouction NFT website. Our growth team will generate an API acquisition pixel id that allows implementation to Ouction NFT website as well as Opensea NFT page. We will conduct CONVERSION API integration during this process, set up Meta Ads Manager, Ads creation with six variations ads and brand ad.

IQI works with artist Clare Arts Studio to deliver two set of Generative Arts and 18 Original hand drawing Mandala Arts. to Ouction. Ouction development team and IQI content team used arts, code, blockchain techniques, generating nearly 600 pieces of Mandala to Opensea. Each piece of NFT art turns to code which has created a smart contract and transparency in art works purchasing. This automation programming projects took us nearly 5 months to develop and launch on Opensea. Collection purchase can be made via Coinbase and Metamask.

For more information see:

Ouction.io Content Management and Generative Arts for Ouction Opensea Site:

https://opensea.io/collection/mysteriousmojomandala

Original Intellectual Property Development

Be an Original Content Creator (OCC) and Production Company in Hollywood.

IQI will actively engage with studios and talent agencies to develop and match funding to produce quality Live Action, Holiday movies and CGI feature animation film that provide global audience with enjoyable entertainment on theatrical big screen and carry audience favorites stories along in a smart technology on worldwide streaming platforms.

17

Table of Contents

Objectives

1. Leverage content partner IP to Drive Revenue

To begin a longer content monetizing term planning for two to four IPs and improve existing content performance, in order to manage a better content channel and the same time to sustain weekly original content for Character Arts’ “Spookley the Square Pumpkin” currently distributed on Disney Junior and Disney +. IQI will work Character Arts as a strategic partner to revamp “Spookley the Square Pumpkin” outside of Disney Channel and data driven to Spookley Education Website, YouTube Channel and Social Platforms. Our tactics will create engaging children’s programs via KPIs metrics measurement, such as:

Impact on sentiment about the Square Pumpkin

Increase Social engagements and engagement rate with bi-weekly episode.

Impressions/CPM to drive ads revenue

In addition, localization “Spookley the Square Pumpkin”. and distributed via official YouTube channel, targeting designated audience.

Focus on:

a.Reorganize – “Spookley the Square Pumpkins” Playlists

b.Strategize monetization plans

c.Create partner programs to benefit existing followers.

d.Re-create a quick and fast turnaround live action “Read Aloud” series to engage with exiting followers. Mainly distribute to YouTube and Spotify.

e.Successfully launching weekly new episode

f.Improving existing Follower Health

International revenue via localization – to begin the first language with “Spanish” Caption. EU, North America and South America have the biggest community with Spanish speakers.

Monthly Performance Improvements

a.Promoting, engaging and creative episodes strategy needs an owner;

b.Opportunity-driven account planning.

Smart Prioritization of Jobs

a.Prioritize episodes based on expected ROI.

Increase in productivity

b.Possible add one monthly special edition in trends to engage with new and existing followers.

18

Table of Contents

2. Develop and Complete Micro Budget IP Content Production Between 2022 – 2023

Produce new IP to facilitate market needs and at the same time to increase IQI market cap value via Original Content.

Develop and Complete An Animation IP Content Production Between 2022 – 2024. With its’ characters and famous pop music from the 70’s in this animation, IQI intends to produce and complete an animation IP for the creative and NFT market via IQI original content.

3. Decrease Turnaround Time from Pre-production to Post Editorial → reduce time to wrap a production by 30%

The shorter turnaround time should cost at least 30% less in production budget which should lead to a faster distribution.

RISK MITIGATION

Animation production is a very labor-intensive business process that can be segmented in different stages some of which are highly suitable to outsourcing to lower-cost locations. Hence, in terms of financially successful of a film will receive a high revenue in box office truly depends on distribution success. In addition, it is no way to prove for financially successful if without a great distribution & marketing strategy.

IQI Animation division plans to implement several proven strategies to mitigate risk to investors, first with a funds matching agreed amount from distribution studio such as Cartoon Network or Netflix Animation. In addition, IQI reduces risk from customizing brand sponsorship that incorporating the early marketing budget into the production budget, setting up a collection account with distributors, and casting 1 or 2 marketable actors with name recognition, ultimately a secure and completion bond will issue to protect the investors for film delivery. Lastly, a secure bond will tie to the film to secure and cover any possibilities that might happen during the process of filmmaking.

MARKETING

Regardless of the eventual distribution method, IQI Animation will be responsible for early efforts to market and build awareness for animation feature film to two specific groups: Distributors and End Users. Engaging the end user from the beginning is key to building and establishing a fan base to help bring awareness to the project. This approach gives the company more negotiating power in securing traditional distribution. IQI Animation has devised a comprehensive marketing strategy that utilizes a coordinated effort directed at creating a synergy between the distributor and audience, engaging both at the same time.

Animation feature will be marketed early on by social networking, blogs, and viral video. We will allow the fans to express themselves and get rewarded and recognized for their efforts. This will build a list of end users with markets they reside in. Using this information IQI Animation will be able to market directly to the end user and keep them engaged with distribution content.

IQI Animation for equivalent to the production budget will work with distribution studios to spend nearly a 50/50 P&A deal to gain public exposure worldwide. By understanding the importance of marketing and building a strategy for it from the outset, it is easier to manage, maintain and adapt to trends rather than waiting until the completion of postproduction.

SUCCESS FACTORS OF CGI ANIMATION PRODUCTIONS

The key success factors for producing high quality animation feature and to make profitable to our investors are to set up an appropriate infrastructure in terms of studio facilities, workspaces, computer hardware, software etc. which allows to utilize technical skills and competence with studios in the market. Far and foremost, hiring the well knows creative visual artists who can convey the right story.

19

Table of Contents

As below, these are the success key factor that IQI Animation will conduct:

Objectively and critically conduct self-assessment

Right level of corporate controls

Right incentive and motivation mechanisms

Robust production workflows

Supportive corporate culture (respectful, collaborative, etc.)

Sound economic model

Strong intellectual property planning

Strengths in licensing

Ability to form contracts and leverage networks to get the right work done at the right global location and at the right price

Effective marketing and public relations plan

Extensive distribution networks

IPS HEALTH GROWTH MEASUREMENT GOAL FOR LIVE-ACTION PRODUCTION

Currently YouTube has around 2 billion global users (Published by L. Ceci, “YouTube - Statistics & Facts” Apr 4, 2022, Source: https://www.statista.com/topics/2019/youtube/#dossierKeyfigures). For example, this is how IQI will measure, the unit of calculation is based on 1% of the minimum daily active number “click-through-rate”, which is $20,000,000 in impression. If we negotiate the revenue of the on-demand volume at the lowest class at $0.01 globally (not setting any territory), if the content receives 1 million viewers in a month, IQI content will receive at least $300K in revenue stream.

In terms of Content Creator, revenue comes from a share of advertising money. Creators are paid 68% of advertising revenue (Werner Geyser, How Much do YouTubers Make? – A YouTuber’s Pocket Guide [Calculator], January 4th, 2022 Source: https://influencermarketinghub.com/how-much-do-youtubers-make/). Actual figures vary significantly, depending on factors such as engagement rate, but as a rough average channel owners can earn between $3 and $5 for every 1000 video views.

The revenue stream might overwhelm our investors if IQI produces a unique content. We foresee by 2025, YouTube contents will becoming a “special interest” or “niche” long and short form content that audiences will subscribe to watch daily on their devices.

IQI has a long-term relationship with a group of Google Analytics, Google Ads Sense and YouTube Analytic software integration engineers to implement necessary metrics measurement on each of IQI Original Content or clients’ original content.

4. Hire union and non-union of 250+ crews, create new production + on-site jobs

We are looking to add 6 to 8 Management Roles in full-time supporting day-to-day basis jobs.

20

Table of Contents

STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK

BUSINESS GOALREACH THE TOP 100 Production Companies in the new recovery Hollywood
MARKETING OBJECTIVES1.Developing Original Content
2.Incubating Younger Generation
3.Engaging Cinema and Online Streaming Relationship and,
4.Partnering with Unions in Content Technology Education
CREATIVE PLATFORMSTHEATRICAL, YOUTUBE & STREAMING PLATFORMS
COMMUNICATION TASKSRETURN OF PRODUCTION
WELCOME BACK THE ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRY
ENTICE AUDIENCE WITH METRICS MEASUREMENT IN PLOT & CONVERT PLOT INTO AN INTERESTING VISUAL + STORY
CHANNELS & METHODS

INFLUENCERS OWNED PLATFORMS/BRANDED CONTENT SOCIAL

TELEVISION/ONLINE VIDEO/PUBLIC RELATIONS/OUT OF HOME/SPONSORED CONTENT
IN-FLIGHTS ENTERTAINMNET/HOSPITALITY ENTERTAINMENT/ELECTRICE CHARGER STATION ENTERTAINMENT

21

Table of Contents

The Offering

Common Shares offered125,000,000 Common Shares, $0.001 par value $.001, at a price of $.25 per share.
Offering Price Per Share:$.25 for the 50,000,000 common shares.
Offering Period:The shares are being offered for a period not to exceed 180 days. In the event we do not sell all of the shares before the expiration date of the offering, all funds raised will be promptly returned to the investors, without interest or deduction.
Net Proceeds to Our Company:$12,500,000 maximum and $6,250,000 minimum.
Use of Proceeds:See Use of Proceeds
Number of Common Shares Outstanding Before the Offering:before this Offering102,238,20017,411,217 shares
Number of Common Shares to be Outstanding Afterafter this Offering142,411,217 shares
Use of Proceeds;While there is no minimum number of shares that will be sold in this offering, if we were to sell the Offering:entire number of shares registered, we estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $187,450,000, based on an initial public offering price of $1.50 per share, after deducting estimated offering expenses. We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily to support the expansion of the operations of TCG and IQI, and for other acquisitions, or general corporate purposes, which may include hiring additional sales, marketing and management personnel, and investing in sales and marketing activities, capital expenditures, and other general and administrative matters.
152,238,200
See Use of Proceeds.
Minimum number of shares to be sold in this offering.None.
Market for the sharesThere is limited public market for the shares. The shares trade on the OTC Markets under the symbol “WNLV.”
Risk FactorsThe securities offered hereby involve a high degree of risk and should not be purchased by investors who cannot afford the loss of their entire investment. See “Risk Factors”.

RISK FACTORS

22

Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Investment

An investment in the securities offered herebyour common stock involves certain risks and is suitable only for investorsa high degree of substantial financial means. Prospective investorsrisk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors in addition torisks described below and the other information contained in this prospectus,report before making an investment decision concerning thedeciding to invest in our common stock.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR COMPANYRisks Related to our Business

Lack of Profitable Operating History

The Company does notWe have a limited operating history of profitable operation. There is no assurance that the Company

We have had limited recent operating history. We will, ever be profitable. The Company’s ability to achieve profitability will depend upon a number of factors, including, but not limited to, whether the Company:

• has funds available for working capital, project development and sales and marketing efforts;

• has fundsin all likelihood, sustain operating expenses without corresponding revenues, at least for the continuous upgrading of its production operations and facilities;

• achieves the projected sales revenues;

• controls the Company’s operating expenses;

• continues to attract new business;

• withstands competition in the Company’s marketplace.

Competition

The Company’s competitors are rapidly changing and may be well capitalized and financially stronger than Zyrox Mining International, Inc.’s and competitors could reproduce the Company’s business model without significant barriers to entry.

The Company’s activities may require additional financing, which may not be obtainable.

The Company had limited cash deposits. Based on the Company’s expectations as to future performance, the Company considers these resources and existing and anticipated credit facilities, to be adequate to meet the Company’s anticipated cash and working capital needs at least through December 31, 2012. The Company, however, expects toforeseeable future. We can make no assurances that we will be able to raiseeffectuate our strategies or otherwise to generate sufficient revenue to continue operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the IQI’s aggregate total revenue was $11,363, and had a net loss of $4,316.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the TCG’s aggregate total revenue was $-0-, and had a net income of $-0-.

Our estimates of capital, to fund the Company’spersonnel, equipment, and facilities required for our proposed operations currentare based on certain other existing businesses operating under projected business conditions and future acquisitions and investment in new program development. The Company may also need to raise additional capital to fund expansion of the Company’s business by way of one or more strategic acquisitions. Unless the Company’s results improve significantly,plans. We believe that our estimates are reasonable, but it is doubtfulnot possible to determine the accuracy of such estimates at this point. In formulating our business plan, we have relied on the judgment of our officers and directors and their experience in developing businesses. We can make no assurances that the Companywe will be able to obtain additional capital forsufficient financing or implement successfully the business plan we have devised. Further, even with sufficient financing, there can be no assurance that we will be able to operate our business on a profitable basis. We can make no assurances that our projected business plan will be realized or that any purpose ifof our assumptions will prove to be correct.

We are subject to a variety of possible risks that could adversely impact our revenues, results of operations or financial condition. Some of these risks relate to general economic and whenfinancial conditions, while others are more specific to us and the industry in which we operate. The following factors set out potential risks we have identified that could adversely affect us. The risks described below may not be the only risks we face. Additional risks that we do not yet know of, or that we currently think are immaterial, could also have a negative impact on our business operations or financial condition. See also Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Disclosure.

Since our auditor has issued a going concern opinion regarding the Company, needs it.there is an increased risk associated with an investment in the Company.

We have earned an aggregate of $-0- in revenue since January 1, 2020. We expect to continue to incur additional losses in the foreseeable future as a result of our film production activities. Our future is dependent upon our ability to obtain financing or upon future profitable operations. We reserve the right to seek additional funds through private placements of our Common Stock and/or through debt financing. Our ability to raise additional financing is unknown. We do not have any formal commitments or arrangements for the advancement or loan of funds. If we are unable to secure additional financing in the future on acceptable terms, or at all, we could be forced to reduce or discontinue film development, reduce or forego sales and marketing efforts, and forego attractive business opportunities in order to improve liquidity to enable the Company to continue its operations. There are also risks and uncertainties inherent to the film industry including the highly speculative nature of the industry, intense competition, the lack of industry experience of the stockholders of the Company. For these reasons, our auditors stated in their report that they have substantial doubt we will be able to continue as a going concern. As a result, there is an increased risk that you could lose the entire amount of your investment in the Company.

Since we were previously a shell company, and we have not generated any revenues, there is no assurance that our business plan will ever be successful. We may never attain profitability.

Until May 16, 2022, the Company had been a shell company with nominal operations and no assets other than cash. With the Company’s limited operating history, there is limited operating history upon which an evaluation of our business plan or performance and prospects can be made.

Given the limited operating history, management has little basis on which to forecast future market acceptance of our services. It is difficult to accurately forecast future revenues because the business of the Company is new. There is no history upon which to base any assumption as to the likelihood that we will prove successful, and we can provide investors with no assurance that we will generate any operating revenues or ever achieve profitable operations.

23

Table of Contents

We may not be able to obtain additional funding to meet our requirements.

Our ability to maintain and expand our development and production of feature films to cover our general and administrative expenses depends upon our ability to obtain financing through equity financing, debt financing (including credit facilities) or the sale or syndication of some or all of our interests in certain projects or other assets. If our access to existing credit facilities is not available, and if other funding does not become available, there could be a material adverse effect on our business.

Our success depends on our personnel. Loss of key personnel may adversely affect our business.

Our success depends to a significant extent on the performance of our management personnel. In particular, we will depend on the services of such personnel as Joseph Lanius, Nicholas Burnett, and Khiow Hui Lim, the co-founders and executive producers of both TCG and IQI. The loss of the services of key persons could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition. We will also be dependent on the officers and directors of WNLV to raise the required capital to fund the projects of IQI and TCG. Failure to do so would hinder the Company’s ability to grow.

Budget overruns may adversely affect our business.

Actual motion picture costs may exceed their budget, sometimes significantly. Risks such as labor disputes, death or disability of star performers, rapid high technology changes relating to special effects or other aspects of production, shortages of necessary equipment, damage to film negatives, master tapes and recordings or adverse weather conditions may cause cost overruns and delay or frustrate completion of a production. If a film incurs substantial budget overruns, we may have to seek additional financing from outside sources to complete production of a motion picture. No assurance can be given as to the availability of such financing on terms acceptable to us. In addition, if a film incurs substantial budget overruns, there can be no assurance that such costs will be recouped, which could have a significant impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Distributors’ failure to promote our programs may adversely affect our business.

Decisions regarding the timing of release and promotional support of our films are important in determining the success of feature film. As with most production companies, for our product distributed by others we do not control the manner in which our distributors distribute our television programs or feature films. Although our distributors have a financial interest in the success of any such feature films, any decision by our distributors not to distribute or promote one of feature films or to promote competitors’ feature films to a greater extent than it promotes ours could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We may not be able to compete with larger sales contract companies, the majority of whom have greater resources and experience than we do.

We are very small and unproven entity as compared to our competitors. As an independent production company, we will compete with major U.S. and international film studios. Most of the major U.S. studios are part of large diversified corporate groups with a variety of other operations, including television networks and cable channels, that can provide both the means of distributing their products and stable sources of earnings that may allow them better to offset fluctuations in the financial performance of their motion picture and television operations. In addition, the major studios have more resources with which to compete for ideas, storylines and scripts created by third parties as well as for actors, directors and other personnel required for production. This may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our lack of diversification may make us vulnerable to oversupplies in the market.

Most of the major U.S. film studios are part of large diversified corporate groups with a variety of other operations, including television networks and cable channels, which can provide both means of distributing their products and stable sources of earnings that offset fluctuations in the financial performance of their motion picture and television operations. The number of films released by our competitors, particularly the major U.S. film studios, in any given period may create an oversupply of product in the market, and that may reduce our share of gross box-office admissions and make it more difficult for our films to succeed.

24

Table of Contents

Our operating results depend on product costs, public tastes and promotion success.

We expect to generate our future revenue from the development and production of feature films, limited series, feature documentary and animation series. Our future revenues will depend upon the timing and the level of market acceptance of our feature films, as well as upon the cost to produce, distribute and promote these content development. The revenues derived from the production of a feature film depend primarily on the feature film’s acceptance by the public, which cannot be predicted and does not necessarily bear a direct correlation to the production costs incurred. Our Company currently has no revenue or material market following. The commercial success of a feature film also depends upon promotion and marketing and certain other factors. Accordingly, our revenues are, and will continue to be, extremely difficult to forecast.

Our business could be adversely impacted if we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights.

Our ability to compete depends, in part, upon successful protection of our intellectual property. We do not have the financial resources to protect our rights to the same extent as major studios. We will attempt to protect proprietary and intellectual property rights to our production through available copyright and trademark laws and licensing and distribution arrangements with reputable international companies in specific territories and media for limited durations. Despite these precautions, existing copyright and trademark laws afford only limited practical protection in certain countries. As a result, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy and distribute our productions or certain portions or applications of our intended productions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Litigation may also be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our movie rights, or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Any such litigation could result in substantial costs and the diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We cannot assure you that infringement or invalidity claims will not materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Regardless of the validity or the success of the assertion of these claims, we could incur significant costs and diversion of resources in enforcing our intellectual property rights or in defending against such claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may be subject to litigation and/or costly remediation and the price of our Common Stock may be thinly traded,adversely affected.

Failure to establish the required internal controls or procedures over financial reporting, or any failure of those controls or procedures once established, could adversely impact our public disclosures regarding our business, financial condition or results of operations. Upon review of the required internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, our management and/or our auditors may identify material weaknesses and/or significant deficiencies that need to be addressed. Any actual or perceived weaknesses or conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure of management’s assessment of its internal control over financial reporting or disclosure of our public accounting firm’s attestation to or report on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting could adversely impact the price of our Common Stock and may lead to claims against us.

Global economic conditions, such as COVID-19, may adversely affect our industry, business and results of operations.

Our overall performance depends, in part, on worldwide economic conditions which historically is cyclical in character. Key international economies continue to be impacted by a recession, characterized by falling demand for a variety of goods and services, restricted credit, going concern threats to financial institutions, major multinational companies and medium and small businesses, poor liquidity, declining asset values, reduced corporate profitability, extreme volatility in credit, equity and foreign exchange markets and bankruptcies. By way of example, the automotive aftermarket, specifically fuel saving add-ons such as light-truck tonneau covers, is typically not as affected by economic slow-down or recession as other industries or market segments. In markets where our sales occur and go into recession, these conditions affect the rate of spending and could adversely affect our customers’ ability or willingness to purchase our products, and delay prospective customers’ purchasing decisions, all of which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, in a weakened economy, companies that have competing products may reduce prices which could also reduce our average selling prices and harm our operating results.

Movies, like many other non-essential spending, has been hampered by COVID-19.

Due to the impact of COVID-19 around the world, the Company’s revenue was less than expected as governments around the world entered a lockdown to prevent the spread of COVID-19. Increased current unemployment and loss of income could cause our customers to spend their money elsewhere, on more essential products.

25

Table of Contents

Any further disruptions from an uptick in new infections related to COVID-19 may materially harm out business prospects.

Further upticks in infection, and the publicrelated enforcement of governmental restrictions would materially hinder our ability to grow, as it would make it could interrupt our supply chain, as well as the financial condition of our intended customer base.

The movie industry may take longer to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Increased current unemployment and loss of income, as well as any further disruptions from an uptick in new infections related to COVID-19 may materially harm out business prospects. As COVID-19 confirmed cases increase, the Company will have difficulty acquiring getting customers to the theater.

Risks Related to our Common Stock

The OTC and share value

Our Common Stock trades over the counter, which may deprive stockholders of the full value of their shares. Our stock is quoted via the Over-The-Counter (“OTC”) Pink Sheets under the ticker symbol “WNLV”. Therefore, our Common Stock is expected to have fewer market makers, lower trading volumes, and larger spreads between bid and asked prices than securities listed on an exchange such as the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market. These factors may provide little or noresult in higher price volatility and less market liquidity for our Common Stock.

Low market price

A low market price would severely limit the potential market for our Common Stock. Our Common Stock is expected to trade at a price substantially below $5.00 per share, subjecting trading in the stock to certain Commission rules requiring additional disclosures by broker-dealers. These rules generally apply to any non-NASDAQ equity security that has a market price share of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions (a “penny stock”). Such rules require the delivery, prior to any penny stock transaction, of a disclosure schedule explaining the penny stock market and the risks associated therewith and impose various sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell penny stocks to persons other than established customers and institutional or wealthy investors. For these types of transactions, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and have received the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to the sale. The broker-dealer also must disclose the commissions payable to the broker-dealer, current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock and, if the broker-dealer is the sole market maker, the broker-dealer must disclose this fact and the broker-dealer’s presumed control over the market. Such information must be provided to the customer orally or in writing before or with the written confirmation of trade sent to the customer. Monthly statements must be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stocks. The additional burdens imposed upon broker-dealers by such requirements could discourage broker-dealers from effecting transactions in our Common Stock.

Lack of market and state blue sky laws

Investors may have difficulty in reselling their shares due to the lack of market or state Blue Sky laws. The holders of the Company’s Common Stock.

Purchasers ofour shares of the Company’s Common Stock and persons who desire to purchase them in any trading market that might develop in the future should be aware that there may findbe significant state law restrictions upon the ability of investors to resell our shares. Accordingly, even if we are successful in having the shares available for trading on the OTC, investors should consider any secondary market for our securities to be a limited one. We intend to seek coverage and publication of information regarding our Company in an accepted publication which permits a “manual exemption.” This manual exemption permits a security to be distributed in a particular state without being registered if the company issuing the security has a listing for that security in a securities manual recognized by the state. However, it difficultis not enough for the security to be listed in a recognized manual. The listing entry must contain (1) the names of issuers, officers, and directors, (2) an issuer’s balance sheet, and (3) a profit and loss statement for either the fiscal year preceding the balance sheet or for the most recent fiscal year of operations. We may not be able to secure a listing containing all of this information. Furthermore, the manual exemption is a non-issuer exemption restricted to secondary trading transactions, making it unavailable for issuers selling newly issued securities. Most of the accepted manuals are those published in Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s Investor Service, Fitch’s Investment Service, and Best’s Insurance Reports, and many states expressly recognize these manuals. A smaller number of states declare that they “recognize securities manuals” but do not specify the recognized manuals. The following states do not have any provisions and therefore do not expressly recognize the manual exemption: Alabama, Georgia, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Montana, South Dakota, Tennessee, Vermont, and Wisconsin.

Accordingly, our shares of Common Stock should be considered totally illiquid, which inhibits investors’ ability to resell their shares.

26

Table of Contents

Penny stock regulations

We will be subject to penny stock regulations and restrictions and you may have difficulty selling shares at prices quoted in theof our Common Stock. The Commission has adopted regulations which generally define so-called “penny stocks” to be an equity security that has a market price less than $5.00 per share or at all. There is currently a limited volumean exercise price of trading in the Company’sless than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exemptions. We anticipate that our Common Stock will become a “penny stock”, and on many days there has been no trading activity at all. Due to the historically low trading price of the Company’s Common Stock, many brokerage firms may be unwilling to effect transactions in the Company’s Common Stock, particularly because low-priced securities arewe will become subject to an SECRule 15g-9 under the Exchange Act, or the “Penny Stock Rule”. This rule that imposes additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers whothat sell low-pricedsuch securities (generally those below $5.00 per share). The Company cannot predict when or whether investor interestto persons other than established customers. For transactions covered by Rule 15g-9, a broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and have received the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale. As a result, this rule may affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell our securities and may affect the ability of purchasers to sell any of our securities in the Company’ssecondary market.

For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require delivery, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, of a disclosure schedule prepared by the Commission relating to the penny stock market. Disclosure is also required to be made about sales commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, monthly statements are required to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stock.

We do not anticipate that our Common Stock might leadwill qualify for exemption from the Penny Stock Rule. In any event, even if our Common Stock were exempt from the Penny Stock Rule, we would remain subject to Section 15(b)(6) of the Exchange Act, which gives the Commission the authority to restrict any person from participating in a distribution of penny stock, if the Commission finds that such a restriction would be in the public interest.

Rule 144 Risks

Sales of our Common Stock under Rule 144 could reduce the price of our stock. There are 15,426,046 issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock held by affiliates that Rule 144 of the Securities Act defines as restricted securities.

These shares will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144, should we hereinafter cease being deemed a “shell company”. In general, persons holding restricted securities, including affiliates, must hold their shares for a period of at least nine months, may not sell more than 1.0% of the total issued and outstanding shares in any 90-day period, and must resell the shares in an increaseunsolicited brokerage transaction at the market price. The availability for sale of substantial amounts of Common Stock under Rule 144 could reduce prevailing market prices for our securities.

No audit or compensation committee

Because we do not have an audit or compensation committee, stockholders will have to rely on our entire Board of Directors, none of which are independent, to perform these functions. We do not have an audit or compensation committee comprised of independent directors. Indeed, we do not have any audit or compensation committee. These functions are performed by our Board of Directors as a whole. No members of our Board of Directors are independent directors. Thus, there is a potential conflict in that Board members who are also part of management will participate in discussions concerning management compensation and audit issues that may affect management decisions.

Security laws exposure

We are subject to compliance with securities laws, which exposes us to potential liabilities, including potential rescission rights. We may offer to sell our shares of our Common Stock to investors pursuant to certain exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as well as those of various state securities laws. The basis for relying on such exemptions is factual; that is, the applicability of such exemptions depends upon our conduct and that of those persons contacting prospective investors and making the offering. We may not seek any legal opinion to the effect that any such offering would be exempt from registration under any federal or state law. Instead, we may elect to relay upon the operative facts as the basis for such exemption, including information provided by investor themselves.

If any such offering did not qualify for such exemption, an investor would have the right to rescind its market pricepurchase of the securities if it so desired. It is possible that if an investor should seek rescission, such investor would succeed. A similar situation prevails under state law in those states where the securities may be offered without registration in reliance on the partial pre-emption from the registration or qualification provisions of such state statutes under the National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996. If investors were successful in seeking rescission, we would face severe financial demands that could adversely affect our business and operations. Additionally, if we did not in fact qualify for the exemptions upon which we have relied, we may become subject to significant fines and penalties imposed by the Commission and state securities agencies.

27

Table of Contents

No cash dividends

Because we do not intend to pay any cash dividends on our Common Stock, our stockholders will not be able to receive a return on their shares unless they sell them. We intend to retain any future earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on shares of our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. Unless we pay dividends, our stockholders will not be able to receive a more active trading market or how liquid that market might become.

The Company depends heavilyreturn on the Company’s senior management who may be difficult to replace.

The Company believes that the Company’s future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of its Chairman, CEO and other key executives. Any of these executives would be difficult to replace. While all of them have incentives to remain with the Company,their shares unless they are not bound by employment contracts, and theresell them. There is no assurance that either of themstockholders will not elect to terminate their services to us at any time.

Increasing the Company’s business depends on the Company’s ability to increase demand for the Company’s products and services.

While the Company believes that there is a market for its planned increase in the Company’s products and services, there is no guarantee that the Company will be successful in its choice of product or technology or that consumer demand will increase as the Company anticipates.

The Company may be exposed to significant costs of defense and damages in litigation stemming from current unresolved legal proceedings undertaken in the future by and against the Company.

The Company could be subject of legal proceedings against the Company that could give rise to significant exposure in costs and damages.

The Company’s ability to operate and compete effectively requires that the Company hires and retain skilled marketing and technical personnel, who have been in short supply from time to time and may be unavailable to us when the Company needs them.

The Company’s business requires us to be able to continuously attract, train, motivatesell shares of our Common Stock when desired.

Delayed adoption of accounting standards

We have delayed the adoption of certain accounting standards through an opt-in right for emerging growth companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the Jobs Act, which allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and retain highly skilled employees, particularly marketingprivate companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our Common Stock or what the market price of our Common Stock will be.

There is a limited trading market for our Common Stock. There is no assurance that an active market for our Common Stock will develop as a result of our operation of the businesses of TCG and IQI even if we are successful. If a market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of Common Stock at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our Common Stock will trade. It is possible that, in future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. As a result of these and other senior management personnel. The Company’s failurefactors, the price of our Common Stock may decline or may never become liquid.

Risks Related to attract and retainIndustry

Success depends on external factors in the highly trained personnel who are integralfilm industry.

Operating in the film production industry involves a substantial degree of risk. Each motion picture is a unique piece of art that depends on unpredictable audience reaction to the Company’s sales, development and distribution processes may limit the rate at which the Company can generate sales. The Company’s inability to attract and retain the individuals the Company need could adversely impact the Company’s business and the Company’s ability to achieve profitability.

The Company may suffer from a business interruption and continuity of its on-going operations might be affected.

The Company’s ability to implement its business plans may be adversely affected by any business interruption that will affect the continuity of its operations. While the Company may take reasonable steps to protect itself, there could be interruptions from computer viruses, server attacks, network or production failures and other potential interruptions that would be beyond the Company’s reasonable control.determine commercial success. There can be no assurance that our feature films will be favorably received.

Technological advances may reduce demand for films.

The entertainment industry in general, and the Company’s effortsmotion picture industry in particular, are continuing to undergo significant changes, primarily due to technological developments. Because of this rapid growth of technology, shifting consumer tastes and the popularity and availability of other forms of entertainment, it is impossible to predict the overall effect these factors will prevent all such interruptions. Anyhave on the potential revenue from and profitability of feature-length motion pictures.

A decline in the foregoing events may resultpopularity of entertainment, film and leisure activities could adversely impact our business.

Because our operations are affected by general economic conditions and consumer tastes, our future success is unpredictable. The demand for entertainment, film and leisure activities tends to be highly sensitive to consumers’ disposable incomes, and thus a decline in an interruption of services and a breach of the Company’s obligations to its clients and customers or otherwisegeneral economic conditions could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition and the businessprice of the Company.our Common Stock.

Macro-economic factorsPublic tastes are unpredictable and subject to change and may impede business, access to finance or may increase the cost of finance or other operational costs of the Company.

Changes in the United States and global financial and equity markets, including market disruptions or interest rate fluctuations, inflation changes, may make it more difficult for the Company to obtain financing for its operations or investments or increase the cost of obtaining financing and event in the Company being delayed in attaining its projections. Borrowing costs can be affected by short and long term debt ratings assigned by independent ratings agencies which are based, in significant part, on the Company’s performance as measured by credit metrics such as interest coverage and leverage ratios. Decrease in these ratios or debt ratings would increase the Company’s cost of borrowings and make it more difficult to obtain financing.

The Company is making the offering on a best efforts basis and there is no assurance that the offering will be sold.

There is no assurance that the Company’s offering will be sold, in whole or even in part. The proposed use of net proceeds assumes a sale of the full amount of the offering.

The Board of the Company has full discretion to re-allocate the Proceeds.

The Company intends to use the net proceeds from this offering for the purposes and in the amounts described ‘USE OF PROCEEDS’. The Company’s estimates of its allocation of the net proceeds of the offering are based upon the current state of its business operations, its current plans and current economic and industry conditions. These estimates are subject to change based on material factors such as delays in project development, unanticipated or changes in the level of competition,country’s political and social climate. A change in public tastes could have a material adverse market trendseffect on our business, operating results and new business opportunities. Thus the Company will have broad discretion to make material changes in the allocation of the proceeds.

There is a limitation on the officers and directors liability.

The articles of the Company limit the personal liability of directors and officers for breach of fiduciary dutyfinancial condition and the Company provides an indemnity for expenses and liabilities to any person who is threatened or made a party to any legal action by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the Company unless the action is proven that the person was liable to be negligent or misconduct in the performance of their duty to the Company.

The lossprice of our key officers or directors may raise substantial doubt as to the continued viability of the Company.Common Stock.

Zyrox Mining International, Inc.’s operations depend on the efforts of key officers and directors and the loss of their services may irreparably harm the CompanyA decline in such a manner that it may not be able to overcome any such loss in management.

Purchasers in this offering will have limited control over decision making because the new group of shareholders will control only 33% of the currently issued and outstanding common stock.

Such limited control may also make it difficult for stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of the Company in the event the Company enters into transactions, which require stockholder approval. This limited concentration of ownership limits the power to exercise control by the minority shareholders.

Investors may lose their entire investment if Zyrox Mining International, Inc. fails to implement its business plan.

Zyrox Mining International, Inc. expects to face substantial risks, uncertainties, expenses, and difficulties because it is a development-stage company.Zyrox Mining International, Inc. (formerly Diversified Energy & Fuel, Inc.) was formed in Nevada on June 3, 2009. Zyrox Mining International, Inc. has no demonstrable operations record of substance upon which you can evaluate the Company’s business and prospects. Zyrox Mining International, Inc. prospects must be considered in light of the risks, uncertainties, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in their early stages of development. Zyrox Mining International, Inc. cannot guarantee that it will be successful in accomplishing its objectives.

As of the date of this prospectus, Zyrox Mining International, Inc. has had only limited start-up operations and has generated very small revenues. In addition, Zyrox Mining International, Inc.’s lack of operating capital could negatively affect the value of its common shares and could result in the loss of your entire investment.

Because of our new business model, we have not proven our ability to generate profit, and any investment in Zyrox Mining International, Inc. is risky.

We have very little meaningful operating history so it will be difficult for you to evaluate an investment in our stock. We have not sold any of our products to date. We cannot assure that we will ever be profitable. Since we have not proven the essential elements of profitable operations, you will be furnishing venture capital to us and will bear the risk of complete loss of your investment in the event we are not successful.

We may be unsuccessful in monitoring new trends.

Our net revenue might decrease with time. Consequently, our future success depends on our ability to identify and monitor trends and the development of new markets. To establish market acceptance of a new technologies, we will dedicate significant resources to research and development, production and sales and marketing. We will incur significant costs in developing, commissioning and selling new products, which often significantly precedes meaningful revenues from its sale. Consequently, new business can require significant time and investment to achieve profitability. Prospective investors should note, however, that there can be no assurance that our efforts to introduce new products or other services will be successful or profitable.

We may face distribution and product risks.

Our future financial results depend in large part on our ability to develop relationships with our customers. Any disruption in our relationships with our future customersgeneral economic conditions could adversely affect our financial performance.business.

WeOur operations are affected by general economic conditions, which generally may face claims of infringement on intellectual property rights.

Other parties may assert claims of ownership or infringement or assert a rightaffect consumers’ disposable income. The demand for entertainment and leisure activities tends to payment with respectbe highly sensitive to the exploitationlevel of certain intellectual properties against us. In many cases,consumers’ disposable income. A decline in general economic conditions could reduce the rights owned or being acquired by us are limited in scope, do not extendlevel of discretionary income that our fans and potential fans have to exploitation in all present or future uses or in perpetuity. We cannot assure you that we will prevail in any of these claims. In addition,spend on our ability to demonstrate, maintain or enforce these rights may be difficult. The inability to demonstrate or difficulty in demonstrating our ownership or license rights in these technologies maylive and televised entertainment and consumer products, which could adversely affect our abilityrevenues.

28

Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

We will receive gross proceeds of up to generate revenue$187,500,000 from or usethe sale of shares we are registering to sell at $1.50 per share, in an offering conducted by our officers and directors on a best-efforts basis.

The net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares which we intend to offer to new investors, after the offering expenses detailed herein, would be a maximum of $187,450,000. We do not intend to engage any broker/dealers for the sale of the shares, and thus do not expect to pay any sales commissions.

These proceeds would be received from time to time as sales of these intellectual property rights.

If our operating costs exceed our estimates, it may impact our ability to continue operations.

We believeshares are made by us. As set forth in the following table, we have accurately estimated our needswill use those proceeds primarily for payment of legal expenses and several specific projects, with the next twelve months. It is possible that we may need to purchase additional equipment, hire additional personnel, and further develop new business ventures, or that our operating costs will be higher than estimated. If this happens, it may impact our ability to generate revenue and we would need to seek additional funding.remainder used for general working capital for operations. We intend to establish our initial client base via existing relationships that our directors and officers have establisheduse the proceeds in past business relationships. Should these relationships not generate the anticipated volumefollowing order of business, any unanticipated costs would diminish our working capital.priority:

  

Assumed

Offering

#1(1)(5)

  Percent  

Assumed
Offering

#2(2)(5)

  Percent  

Assumed
Offering

#3(3)(5)

  Percent  

Maximum

Offering(4)(5)

  Percent 
Offering Expenses $50,000   0.107   50,000   0.053   50,000   0.036   50,000   0.027%
TCG $10,000,000   21.333   20,000,000   26.667   20,000,000   17.778   25,000,000   13.333%
IQI $5,000,000   10.667   5,000,000   8.000   7,500,000   5.333   7,500,000   4.000%
Administrative Expenses $1,000,000   2.133   1,500,000   2.133   2,000,000   1.422   2,000,000   1.067%
General Corporate Purposes $30,625,000   65.333   59,000,000   62.933   105,875,000   75.289   152,750,000   81.467%
Legal and Professional Fees $200,000   0.427   200,000   0.213   200,000   0.142   200,000   0.107%
Total $46,875,000   100.000   93,750,000   100.000   140,625,000   100.000   187,500,000   100.000%

(1)Assumes that we only raise 25% in this offering. This offering is conducted on a best-efforts basis with no minimum; therefore, we could raise significantly less than $187,500,000.
(2)Assumes that we only raise 50% in this offering. This offering is conducted on a best-efforts basis with no minimum; therefore, we could raise significantly less than $187,500,000.
(3)Assumes that we only raise 75% in this offering. This offering is conducted on a best-efforts basis with no minimum; therefore, we could raise significantly less than $187,500,000.
(4)Assumes that we raise the full amount of our Maximum Offering hereunder, or $187,500,000. This offering is conducted on a best-efforts basis with no minimum; therefore, we could raise significantly less than $187,500,000.
(5)The Offering is being sold by our officers and directors, who will not receive any compensation for their efforts. No sales fees or commissions will be paid to such officers or directors. Shares may be sold by registered broker or dealers who are members of the NASD and who enter into a Participating Dealer Agreement with the Company. Such brokers or dealers may receive commissions up to ten percent (10%) of the price of the Shares sold.

 

Competitors with more resources may force us out of business.

Competition in our sectors of business come from a variety of factors, including quality, timely commissioning of new projects, product positioning, pricing and brand name recognition. The principal competitorsabove estimated amounts are only for our business mayinitial working purposes since we do this better thannot know how much we can. Each ofwill need to spend on these competitors has substantially greater financial resources thanitems. Even if we do. New technologies may also present substantial competition. We may be unsuccessful in competing with these competitors, which may materially harm our business.

Zyrox Mining International, Inc. may not be able to attain profitability without additional funding, which may be unavailable.

Zyrox Mining International, Inc. has limited capital resources. Unless Zyrox Mining International, Inc. begins to generate sufficient revenues to finance operations as a going concern, Zyrox Mining International, Inc. may experience liquidity and solvency problems. Such liquidity and solvency problems may force Zyrox Mining International, Inc. to cease operations if additional financing is not available.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS OFFERING

You may not beare able to sell yourthe maximum shares, in Zyrox Mining International, Inc. because there is a limited public marketwe do not know how long these funds will last, and we have no other specific plans for Zyrox Mining International, Inc. stock.

There is a limited public market for Zyrox Mining International, Inc. common stock. Therefore, the current and potential market for Zyrox Mining International, Inc. common stock is limited. Zyrox Mining International, Inc. cannot guarantee that a meaningful trading market will develop.

raising additional funds. The trading priceportion of Zyrox Mining International, Inc. common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various events or factors, many of which are orany net proceeds not immediately required will be beyond Zyrox Mining International, Inc. control. In addition, the stock market may experience extreme price and volume fluctuations, which, without a direct relationship to the operating performance, may affect the market priceinvested in certificates of Zyrox Mining International, Inc. stock.deposit or similar short-term interest bearing instruments.

29

Table of Contents

Liquidity on the OTC Bulletin Board is limited, and the Company may be unable to obtain listingDetermination of the Company’s Common Stock on a more liquid market.Offering Price

The Company’s Common Stock is currently quoted on the OTC:PK Board, which provides significantly less liquidity than a securities exchange (such as the American or New York Stock Exchange) or an automated quotation system (such as the Nasdaq National or SmallCap Market). There is uncertainty that any of the Company’s securities will ever be accepted for listing on an automated quotation system or securities exchange.

Investors may have difficulty liquidating their investment because Zyrox Mining International, Inc.’s stock will be subject to Penny Stock Regulation.

The SEC has adopted rules that regulate broker/dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. The rules, in part, require broker/dealers to provide penny stock investors with increased risk disclosure documents and make a special written determination that a penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction. These heightened disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the number of broker/dealers willing to make a market in Zyrox Mining International, Inc. shares, thereby reducing the level of trading activity in any secondary market that may develop for Zyrox Mining International, Inc. shares. Consequently, customers in Zyrox Mining International, Inc. securities may find it difficult to sell their securities, if at all.

Investors in this offering will bear a substantial risk of loss due to immediate increase and subsequent dilution.

The principal shareholders of Zyrox Mining International, Inc. own 27% of the outstanding shares of Zyrox Mining International, Inc. common stock. Further issues of stock will mean that shareholders may experience substantial “dilution.”  Therefore, the investors in this offering will bear a substantial portion of the risk of loss. Please refer to the section titled “Dilution” herein.

USE OF PROCEEDS

When all of the shares are sold the gross proceeds from this offering will be $12,500,000.Our management will have broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds from this offering. Actual expenditures may vary substantially from our estimates. We may find it necessary or advisable to use portions of the proceeds for other purposes.We expect to disburse the proceeds from this offering in the priority set forth below, within the first 12 months after successful completion of this offering:

Proceeds to Us: $12,500,000 
     
Property & Equipment $7,150,000 
Purchase of Zyrox Mining Co. Ltd. $1,250,000 
Retirement of Liabilities $500,000 
Working Capital $3,600,000 
     
Total Net Proceeds $12,500,000 

In the event we are only able to raise the minimum offering proceeds of $6,250,000.00 then the Issuer shall use the funds in the following manner: $2,325,000 for property and equipment, $1,250,000 for purchase of Zyrox Mining Co., Ltd., $500,000 for retirement of liabilities, and $2,175,000 for working capital.

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

The offering price of the 50,000,000 shares of common stock offered for sale at the value of $.25$1.50 per share bears no relationshipwas arbitrarily determined based upon a discount to any objective criterion of value and bears no relationship to Zyrox Mining’s assets, book value, historical earnings, or net worth. In determining the offering price, management considered such factors as the prospects, if any, for similar companies, anticipated results of operations, present financial resources and the likelihood of acceptance of this offering.current market price. Accordingly, the offering price should not be considered an indication of the actual value of our securities.

There is no assurance that our common stock will trade at market prices in excess of the offering price hereunder as prices for the common stock in any public market which may develop will be determined in the marketplace and may be influenced by many factors, including the depth and liquidity of the market for the common stock, investor perception of us and general economic and market conditions.

30

Table of Contents

Dilution

We are offering our common stock at a price per share that is significantly more than the price per share paid by our current stockholders for our common stock, as well as the current market price of our common stock. We are offering for sale up to 125,000,000 shares of common stock with $187,450,000 of the proceeds going to the Company. If you purchase Shares in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

 

DILUTION OF THE PRICE YOU PAY FOR YOUR SHARES

“Dilution”Dilution represents the difference between the offering price of the shares of common stock and the net book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of the offering. “Net Tangible Book Value” is the amount that results from subtracting total liabilities and intangible assets from total assets. Inpaid by purchasers in this offering the level is increased as a result of the relatively high book value of Zyrox Mining International, Inc.’s issued and outstanding stock.With 102,238,200 common shares issued, the net book value of Zyrox Mining International, Inc. before the offering is $ .94. Assuming all 50,000,000 shares offered are sold, and in effect Zyrox Mining International, Inc. receives the maximum estimated proceeds of this offering from shareholders, Zyrox Mining International, Inc. net book value will be approximately $ .63 per share. Therefore, any investor will incur an immediate and substantial increase of approximately $ .39 per share, while the Zyrox Mining International, Inc.’s present stockholders will receive a decrease of $ .30 per share in the net tangible book value of the shares that they hold. This will result in a 256% increase for purchasers of stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the purchaser of the common stock in this offering. This tableper share. Net tangible book value per share represents a comparison of the various prices paidour net tangible assets (our total tangible assets less our total liabilities), divided by the individual who purchased shares in Zyrox Mining International, Inc. previously:

Book Value Per Share Before the Offering$.94
Book Value Per Share After the Offering$.64
Net Decrease to Original Shareholders$.30
Increase in Investment to New Shareholders$.39
Increase to New Shareholders (%)256%

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

OFFERING WILL BE SOLD BY OUR OFFICER AND DIRECTOR

This is a self-underwritten offering. This Prospectus is part of a Prospectus that permits our officer and director to sell Shares directly to the public, with no commission or other remuneration payable for any Shares that are sold. There are no plans or arrangements to enter into any contracts or agreements to sell the Shares with a broker or dealer. Mr. Carl H. Kruse, our President and director, will sell the Shares and intends to offer them to friends, family members and business acquaintances. In offering the securities on our behalf, they will rely on the safe harbor from broker dealer registration set out in Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

They will register as a broker-dealer pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in reliance upon Rule 3a4-1, which sets forth those conditions under which a person associated with an Issuer may participate in the offering of the Issuer’s securities and not be deemed to be a broker-dealer.

a.Our officers and directors are not subject to a statutory disqualification, as that term is defined in Section 3(a)(39) of the Act, at the time of their participation; and
b.Our officers and directors will not be compensated in connection with their participation by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on transactions in securities; and
c.Our officers and directors are not, nor will they be at the time of their participation in the offering, an associated person of a broker-dealer; and
d.Our officers and directors meet the conditions of paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of Rule 3a4-1 of the Exchange Act, in that they (A) primarily perform, or intend primarily to perform at the end of the offering, substantial duties for or on behalf of our company, other than in connection with transactions in securities; and (B) are not a broker or dealer, or been associated person of a broker or dealer, within  the preceding twelve months; and (C) has not participated in selling and offering securities for any Issuer more than once every twelve months other than in reliance on Paragraphs (a)(4)(i) and (a)(4)(iii).

Our officers, directors, control persons and affiliates of same do not intend to purchase any shares in this offering.

TERMS OF THE OFFERING

The Registrant intends to register 50,000,000 common shares at the fixed price of $.25 per share for sale to the publicand if all 50,000,000 common shares are sold then the Registrant shall receive $12,500,000.00 from the offering.

11

DEPOSIT OF OFFERING PROCEEDS

This is a “best effort” offering and, as such, we will not be able to spend any of the proceeds unless and until the minimum total of 25,000,000 common shares are sold and all proceeds from such sale are received. We intend to hold all monies collected for subscriptions in a separate escrowed bank account with JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA located at 10706 Biscayne Blvd., Miami, FL 3316, until the total amount of $6,250,000.00, which is the minimum, has been received. At that time, the funds will be transferred to our business account for use in the implementation of our business plans. In the event the offering is not sold out prior to the Expiration Date, all monies will be returned to investors, without interest or deduction.

PROCEDURES FOR AND REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBSCRIBING

If you decide to subscribe for any shares in this offering, you will be required to execute a Subscription Agreement and tender it, together with a check or certified funds to us. Subscriptions, once received by the Company, are irrevocable unless the total minimum offering of 25,000,000 common shares are not sold. All checks for subscriptions should be made payable to “Zyrox Mining International, Inc.”

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

COMMON STOCK

Our authorized capital stock consistsof 3,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share of which there are currently 102,238,200 issued and outstanding. The holders of our common stock (i) have equal ratable rights to dividends from funds legally available therefore, when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors; (ii) are entitled to share in all of our assets available for distribution to holders of common stock upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs; (iii) do not have preemptive, subscription or conversion rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions or rights; and (iv) are entitled to one non-cumulative vote per share on all matters on which stockholders may vote.

There are currently no outstanding option or warrant awards, and the Company has not implemented any equity compensation plan.

NON-CUMULATIVE VOTING

Holders of shares of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares, voting for the election of directors, can elect all of the directors to be elected, if they so choose, and, in such event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any of our directors.

CASH DIVIDENDS

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not paid any cash dividends to stockholders. The declaration of any future cash dividend will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our earnings, if any, our capital requirements and financial position, our general economic conditions, and other pertinent conditions. It is our present intention not to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, but rather to reinvest earnings, if any, in our business operations.

PREFERRED STOCK

The Company’s authorized capital stock of Preferred Shares consists of 300,000,000 shares divided into three classes of 100,000,000 Preferred Shares each, designated as Class “A”, Class “B” and Class “C.” All shares of Preferred Stock are at par value of $.001 per share.

There are currently 855,000 Preferred “A” shares outstanding. Preferred “A” shares are super-voting shares, are non-dilutive and they convert only in exchange for the partial or full retirement of debt held by Management, employees or consultants, or as directed by a majority vote of the Board of Directors. The number of Shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to each qualified person (member of Management, employee or consultant) holding a Note shall be determined by the following formula:

Each dollar of debt represents one preferred share.

If at least one share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding, then the total aggregate issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock at any given time, regardless of their number, shall have voting rights equal to four times the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock which are issued and outstanding at the time of voting.

INTEREST OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Nonethe offering, 17,411,217 issued and outstanding shares of the below described experts or counsel have been hired on a contingent basis and noneCommon Stock. As of them will receive a direct or indirect interest in the Company.

Our audited financial statements for the period from inception to May 31, 2012 included in this prospectus have been audited by CPA Services Corp.com,8501 Pines Blvd - #207, Pembroke Pines, FL 33029 and signed by Enrique Nowogrodzki, a Certified Public Accountant admitted to the PCAOB. We include the financial statements in reliance on their report, given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.June 30, 2022 our net tangible book value per share was negative $(.026030) per share.

 

The Law Officestable below illustrates the pro forma per share dilution described above assuming 125,000,000 shares are sold.

After giving effect to the sale of Joseph L. Pittera, 2214 Torrance Boulevard, Suite 101, Torrance, California 90501, has passed upon the validitymaximum of 125,000,000 Shares being offered in this offering, at $1.50 per Share, and the payment of expenses related to the offering, our pro forma net tangible book value would be $187,090,809 and increase by $1.334366 per share.

The table below illustrates the pro forma per share dilution described above assuming 93,750,000 shares are sold.

After giving effect to the sale of 75% of the Shares (93,750,000) shares being offered in this offering, at $1.50 per Share, and certain other legal mattersthe payment of expenses related to the offering, our pro forma net tangible book value would be $140,215,809 and is representing us in connection with this offering.increase by $1.005214 per share.

 

DESCRIPTION OF OUR BUSINESSThe table below illustrates the pro forma per share dilution described above assuming 62,500,000 shares are sold.

 

GENERAL INFORMATIONAfter giving effect to the sale of 50% of the Shares (62,500,000 shares) being offered in this offering, at $1.50 per Share, and the payment of expenses related to the offering, our pro forma net tangible book value would be $93,340,809 and increase by $0.860318 per share.

 

We were incorporated on June 3, 2009, underThe table below illustrates the lawspro forma per share dilution described above assuming 31,250,000 shares are sold.

After giving effect to the sale of 25% of the StateShares (31,250,000 shares) being offered in this offering, at $1.50 per Share, and the payment of Nevada.expenses related to the offering, our pro forma net tangible book value would be $46,465,809 and increase by $0.602098 per share.

 

The table below illustrates the pro forma per share dilution described above assuming 12,500,000 shares are sold.

After giving effect to the sale of 10% of the Shares (12,500,000 shares) being offered in this offering, at $1.50 per Share, and the payment of expenses related to the offering, our pro forma net tangible book value would be $18,340,809 an increase by $0.397538 per share.

31

Table of Contents

The table below indicates the relative aggregate cash investment and stock ownership of new investors in this offering:

Percentage of offering sold 100%  75%  50%  25%  10% 
Price per share $1.50  $1.50  $1.50  $1.50  $1.50 
Total shares purchased  125,000,000   93,750,000   62,500,000   31,250,000   12,500,000 
Total proceeds of shares purchased $187,500,000  $140,625,000  $93,750,000  $46,875,000  $18,750,000 
less: offering costs $(50,000) $(50,000) $(50,000) $(50,000) $(50,000)
Net proceeds from offering $187,450,000  $140,575,000  $93,700,000  $46,825,000  $18,700,000 
                     
Net Tangible book value as of June 30, 2022 $(359,191) $(359,191) $(359,191) $(359,191) $(359,191)
Net Tangible book value after the offering $187,090,809  $140,215,809  $93,340,809  $46,465,809  $18,340,809 
                     
Total shares issued at time of offering  17,411,217   17,411,217   17,411,217   17,411,217   17,411,217 
Total shares issued after the offering  142,411,217   111,161,217   79,911,217   48,661,217   29,911,217 
Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2022 $(0.020630) $(0.020630) $(0.020630) $(0.020630) $(0.020630)
Net tangible book value per share after the offering $1.313736  $0.984584  $0.839689  $0.581468  $0.376908 
Net tangible book value per share increase to present shareholders $1.334366  $1.005214  $0.860318  $0.602098  $0.397538 
Dilution to investors $0.1863  $0.515416  $0.660311  $0.918532  $1.123092 
                     
Percentage of ownership to present shareholders after the offering  12.2%  15.7%  21.8%  35.8%  58.2%
                     
Purchasers of stock in the offering                    
Price per Share $1.50  $1.50  $1.50  $1.50  $1.50 

32

Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes thereto.

Forward Looking Statements

The following information specifies certain forward-looking statements of the management of our Company. Forward-looking statements are statements that estimate the happening of future events and are not based on historical fact. Forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as may, shall, could, expect, estimate, anticipate, predict, probable, possible, should, continue, or similar terms, variations of those terms or the negative of those terms. The forward-looking statements specified in the following information statement have been compiled by our management on the basis of assumptions made by management and considered by management to be reasonable. Our future operating results, however, are impossible to predict and no representation, guaranty, or warranty is to be inferred from those forward-looking statements.

The assumptions used for purposes of the forward-looking statements specified in the following information represent estimates of future events and are subject to uncertainty as to possible changes in economic, legislative, industry, and other circumstances. As a result, the identification and interpretation of data and other information and their use in developing and selecting assumptions from and among reasonable alternatives require the exercise of judgment. To the extent that the assumed events do not occur, the outcome may vary substantially from anticipated or projected results, and, accordingly, no opinion is expressed on the achievability of those forward-looking statements. We cannot guaranty that any of the assumptions relating to the forward-looking statements specified in the following information are accurate, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements include statements regarding our anticipated financial and operating results, our liquidity, goals, and plans.

All forward-looking statements in this Form 10 are based on information available to us as of the date hereof,of this report, and we have had only limited start-up operations and have not generatedassume no obligation to update any significant revenues.forward-looking statements.

Our executive offices are located at 1800 NE 114th Street, Suite 609, Miami, Florida 33181 – 3414 with telephone number of (855) 229-9979.Overview

Our fiscal year-end is May 31.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

Winvest Group Limited (the “Company”), changed its name from Zyrox Mining International, Inc. on December 17, 2021. The Company (formerly Diversified Energy & Fuel, Inc. until August 15, 2012) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on June 3, 2009. Zyrox Mining International, Inc.The Company began formal operations on June 3, 2009, with the principle purpose of developing, marketing, and selling software products through the Internet, and to provide web based services for individuals and small business. During 2010, this business was discontinued and management focused on developing a biodegradable plastic opportunity.

The Company began trading as Riverdale Capital, Ltd. under the symbol “RICP” on June 3, 2009. Effective April 30, 2012 the Company changed its name to Diversified Energy & Fuel International, Inc and changed its name to Zyrox Mining International, Inc. on August 15, 2012.

On November 8, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of the Membership Interests of WSVPA Bio Products Incorporated, a Nevada LLC in consideration for 102,238,200 shares of common stock. After completion of their due diligence, WSPVA formally closed on the transaction on May 12, 2012. The Company subsequently received 500,000,000 Class "A"“A” membership units and 1,000,000 Class “B” membership units representing 100% of the membership interest of WSPVA (dissolvingplastic.com) in return for 102,238,200 common shares of the Company and WSPVA is now a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES AND THEIR MARKETSOn August 17, 2010, the then Chief Executive Officer resigned and appointed Carl H. Kruse as sole Director and Chief Executive Officer. Carl H. Kruse became the majority shareholder at that time by virtue of a Stock Purchase Agreement with the majority shareholder, resulting in a change of control of the Issuer.

Global plastics consumption will be over 500 billion pounds thisThe Company finalized the acquisition of a biodegradable plastic manufacturer, WSPVA, Bio Products International, LLC, a Nevada LLC, on March 12, 2012 for 102,238,200 common shares, of which 98,984,744 had been issued in the prior fiscal year and is growing by over 15 billion pounds per year.

recorded as Issuance of Common Shares for Donated Services, because of the uncertainty of completing the transaction. The USA alone uses 380 billion plastic bags per year, over 1 billion per day, usingCompany now owns 100% of the equivalent of 1.3 billion gallons of oil annually to produce.

·An estimated 500 billion to 1 trillion plastic bags will be consumed worldwide this year. That comes out to over one million bags per minute.

·Americans will use 125 billion plastic (water & soda) bottles this year, using 12.5 billion pounds of plastic.

·3 billion pounds of stretch wrap gets used in the US per year, using the equivalent of over 240 million gallons of oil annually to produce.

13

The combinedequity interests in this wholly owned subsidiary. With the transaction now complete the market value of the Europeanshares on March 12, 2012 has been recorded as the purchase price for WSPVA.

33

Table of Contents

We are a development stage company and US plastic packaginghave not yet opened for business or generated any revenues. Our limited start-up operations have consisted of the formation of our business plan and identification of our target market. We will require the funds from this offering in order to fully implement our business plan as discussed in the “Plan of Operation” section During the period from November 2012 through April 2020, the Company was dormant.

The Company’s accounting year-end is December 31.

David Lazar, the principal of Custodian Ventures, LLC conducted due diligence on the Company and determined that the Company would be a potential Custodianship candidate, based upon previous management appearing to have abandoned the Company approximately eleven years ago. Mr. Lazar then chose to buy shares of the Company on the open market, is $1.04 trillion. One poundand start a Custodianship proceeding. 

On December 27, 2019 Custodian Ventures, LLC was appointed as the custodian of plastic is being soldthe Company by the Eighth Judicial Court of Nevada pursuant to Case No. A-19-805642-B.

On March 5, 2021, as a result of a private transaction, 300,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Shares”) of the Company, were transferred from Custodian Ventures, LLC (the “Seller”) to Wan Nyuk Ming, Ng Chian Yin, and Jeffrey Wong Kah Mun, respectively, based on their ownership of Winvest Group Limited (collectively, the “Purchaser”). As a result, the Purchaser became an approximately 90% holder of the voting rights of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company on a fully-diluted basis of the Company, and became the controlling shareholders. The consideration paid for an averagethe Shares was $700,000. The source of US$2the cash consideration for the Shares was personal funds of the Purchaser. In connection with the transaction, David Lazar released the Company from all debts owed to him and/or the Seller.

Other than as described below, there are no arrangements or understandings among both the former and new control persons and their associates with respect to the end user.election of directors of the Company or other matters. The information set forth in Item 5.02 of this Form 8-K is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.01.

On April 14, 2021, the existing director and officer resigned immediately. Accordingly, David Lazar, serving as a director and an officer, ceased to be the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Treasurer, Secretary and a Director.

On April 14, 2021, Mr. Wan Nyuk Ming consented to act as the new Chairman and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company; Mr. Ng Chian Yin consented to act as Managing Director (MD) and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company; Mr. Jeffrey Wong Kah Mun consented to act as the new Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Finally, also on April 14, 2021, Ms. Tham Yee Wen was appointed as Secretary and Chief Operating Officer (COO) of the Company; Ms. Boo Shi Huey was appointed as Treasurer of the Company.

On December 29, 2021, FINRA declared the latest name change and a 1 for 250 reverse stock split went effective. Also on December 29, 2021, the Company was informed by FINRA that the Company’s ticker symbol would be changed to WNLV in twenty business days.

On May 16, 2022, Winvest Group Ltd. (“WNLV,” or the “Company”) entered into a share exchange agreement (the “Share Exchange Agreement”) with The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC (“TCG”), a California limited liability company, Joseph Lanius (“Lanius”), Nicholas Burnett (“Burnett”) and Khiow Hui Lim (“Khiow,” “Burnett,” and together with Lanius, the “TCG Shareholders”), the sole officers, directors, and shareholders of TCG, IQI Media Inc. (“IQI”), a California corporation, Khiow, Lanius, Charlene Logan Kelly (“Kelly”), Burnett, Connie Tsai (“Tsai”), and Amy Morton (“Morton”), as the officers, directors and shareholders of IQI (the “IQI Shareholders”). Under the Share Exchange Agreement, One Hundred Percent (100%) of the ownership interest of TCG and IQI was exchanged for 900,000 shares of common stock of the Company at the Closing issued to the TCG Shareholders and the IQI Shareholders. The transaction has been accounted for as a recapitalization of the Company, whereby WNLV is the accounting acquirer.

On May 25, 2022, the Board of Directors of Winvest Group Limited (the “Company”) appointed Lim Khiow Hui as the Corporation’s Chief Strategic Officer and Charlene Logan Kelly as the Corporation’s Chief Intellectual Officer.

 

You getOn June 13, 2022, the picture. Our consumptionBoard of plastic products is growing and growing—andDirectors of Winvest Group Limited (the “Company”) appointed Khiow Hui Lim to the market is strong.Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

BUT … PlasticOn June 29, 2022, the Board of Directors of Winvest Group Limited (the “Company”) accepted the resignation of Tham Yee Wen as the Company’s Secretary. Also, on June 29, 2022, the Board of Directors of the Company appointed Lim Khiow Hui as the Company’s Secretary.

34

Table of Contents

TCG Business Overview

Winvest Group Ltd. (“WNLV” or the “Company”) is a US holding company incorporated in Nevada in October 2017, which operates through the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries, IQI Media Inc. (“IQI”), and The Catalyst Group Entertainment (“TCG”).

TCG is a media finance and production company for the media and entertainment sector headed by Joseph S. Lanius, Nick D. Burnett and Khiow H. Lim with over 25 years’ experience in the film industry, encompassing film finance, production and distribution. The TCG team have relationships with major studios, streaming platforms, agencies, production companies and leading financial institutions.

TCG has a dark side.broad range of film financial products and support services to offer established and emerging film production companies, incubating both domestic and international filmmakers and producers in the global film markets.

·Plastic can take up to 1,000 years to biodegrade. It furthermore can leak or break down into harmful chemicals when reused or recycled, and produces large amounts of greenhouse and other gases upon disposal. It is not a friend to the environment.

·86% of plastic water bottles used in the U.S. (100 billion) end up in landfills.

·The bottled water we purchase is often in #1 PET or PET bottles (polyethylene terephthalate), which may leach DEHA, a known carcinogen, if used more than once.

·Californians alone throw away 294 million pounds of plastic bags every year, enough waste to circle the planet over 250 times.

·Over 246 million lbs. of debris enter our oceans per day, making over 90 billion pounds per year. Globally, the proportion of plastic among marine debris worldwide ranges from 60 to 80%, although it has reached over 90–95% in some areas. Around 60% of this debris is plastic, making a full 8% of the world’s plastics end up in the oceans!

Bio-Plastics are already on the Increase

Many bio-plasticsWith our expertise, networks, relationships and resources, TCG utilizes risk mitigation techniques that provide investor protection by financing collateralized debt and gap/mezzanine positions for film, television and other media projects, whilst also occasionally securing net profit participations to enable investors to benefit from potential extraordinary returns generated from TCG financed projects.

The founding team possesses a full breadth of hands-on experience including deal origination, financial structuring, business and legal affairs consulting and film and television production expertise. Within the new emerging digital entertainment market, TCG will not only provided media financing tools but also plan to partner with a distribution aggregator with experienced technology developers and data analysts to facilitate a streaming distribution platform for content creators backed by metrics.

Our founding members believe that current and anticipated market trends are availableideal for the launch of a debt facility with industry veterans that have a strong background in financing and production and media technology. Our team has an excellent industry network of associates that have worked with major film studios, globally known talent and packaging agencies, and management companies. We also possess a strong network of close relationships with distributors such as Netflix, Amazon, Sony, Universal, Lionsgate, as well as leading industry Sale Agents that include Hanway Films, Sierra Affinity/Eone, The Solution, The Exchange, Mr. Smith, Highland Film Group, XYZ and Capstone amongst others. Banking relationships include City National Bank, Comerica, Union Bank, JP Morgan, National Bank of Canada and Banc of California; these are complemented by an extensive network of family offices, asset managers, hedge funds and a pool of private investors.

The Catalyst Group Entertainment will commence operations with a soft launch in May 2022.

IQI Business Overview

IQI is a full-service content creation, film and advertising production company located in the City of Pasadena, California. Our producers’ team keen on managing all aspects of a multi-languages project throughout its life cycle from conception and strategy to design, development and delivery. IQI Media founded by Khiow Hui Lim in August 2010, a native Malaysia born producer graduated from Wichita State University. She has been producing from small to large scale video, film productions for more than 20+ years.

In 2012, IQI reached out to Brand USA offered to donate a nearly 700 hours road trip footage to support President Obama “Travel Promotion Act” campaign, ended up IQI was offered a contracted post editorial job from Miles Partnership. Miles Partnership is the official destination marketing management agency under the “Travel Promotion Act” that created the Brand USA — the country’s first national marketing arm was signed into law in 2010. IQI’s mission is to support Brand USA and Miles Partnership to increase incremental international visitation, spend, and market today. Bio-basedshare to fuel the nation’s economy and biodegradable plastics areenhance the image of the USA worldwide.

IQI production has served prestigious S&P 500 brand clients, overseeing interactive development from pre- to post-production, including concept and design.

35

Table of Contents

In 2014, IQI decided to embrace it production creativity into feature length film and animation production. During these years, IQI and producer Charlene Kelly closed a very promising innovationdeal to begin story development with the Academy Awards director Brenda Chapman. And the next year to complete a sci-fiction feature film titled “Alien Code” currently distributed across North America and Europe starring an Emmy award cast Richard Schiff, Mary McCormack

In 2018, IQI has officially incorporated in state of California, a joint venture with The Catalyst Group Entertainment to roll out theatrical and original streaming content. Focus on “ConTech” incubators who can utilize visual creation, script data development with analytical metrics and emerging technologies for both industrybetter content delivery experience.

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the economy. Compost-ability is the main material property, which differentiates bio-plastics products from conventional plastic material. This enables the organic recycling of bio-plastics products.related notes thereto. The other differentiating feature is that the components are derived entirely from renewable raw materials.

“Bio-plastics are biodegradablemanagement’s discussion and can be made from the triglycerides found in oilseedsanalysis contains forward-looking statements, such as canola, starches, such as those found in corn, sugar beetsstatements of our plans, objectives, expectations, and potatoes, or on using proteins from soybeans. Companies like Telles are using corn instead of petroleum to engineer the polymers necessary to make plastic. The corn is introduced to microorganisms in a fermentation process that yields a polymer. The polymer is then made into pelletsintentions. Any statements that are not statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. When used, the words “believe,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “target,” “estimate,” “expect” and the like, and/or future tense or conditional constructions (“will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” etc.), or similar expressions, identify certain of these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to make different gradesrisks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Our actual results and the timing of paper coatingsevents could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors. We do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and thermoformed products.”

These alternatives are advantageous to our environment, because they require less energy to process than conventional plastics; they releaseCO2 and water after degradation, recycle carbonthe related notes that appear in our environment thereby reducingCO2 productionAnnual Report on Form 10-KT, as filed with the Securities and stabilizing the environment and produce more fertile soil after degradation rich in nutrients and good for further farming.

The Company’s Unique Niche:

The Company’s Bio-Plastic is Unique both in Composition and Process.

The Solution is in the Patented Technology, not just the PVA Film

The process, technique, and equipment developed around the rotary-drum, forming dual-directional stretching water-soluble PVA Film, has successfully solved many technical puzzles arising out of the wet-producing process of fast film-forming, film-peeling, and continuous high efficient production.Exchange Commission on March 24, 2021.

 

This resultsOverview

Our financial statements accompanying this Report have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. We have a short process flow, relatively small equipment cost, small floor space, low energy consumption, little noise,minimal operating history and very-clean production surroundings.no revenues or earnings from operations. We have no significant assets or financial resources. We will, in all likelihood, sustain operating expenses without corresponding revenues for the immediate future.

On May 16, 2022, the Company entered into a share exchange agreement with The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC (“TCG”) and IQI Media (“IQI”) -see Note 1 to the financial statements.

Results of Operations for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2022 Compared to the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2021

Revenue

 

The rotary drum surface involvedFor the three and six months ended June 30, 2022, we recorded $4,000 in this invention is a special metal material. It requiresrevenue from IQI production revenue compared to $-0- for the patented machine’s feeding system to uniformly spray the PVA solution onto the surface of the drum, which is continuously heated and which smoothly rotates to form the PVA Film.

14

The water-soluble PVA Film produced bysame periods in 2021. We are in the process of developing our strategic business plan going forward and, therefore, revenue may vary from period to period.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 were $100,039 and $250,056 compared to $38,176 and $45,753 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 respectively. The significant increase in operating expenses in the three months and six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to the same period in 2021 is characterizeddue to the expenses associated with becoming an operating company, the acquisition of TCG and IQI and due to amortization of intangible assets of $42,090.

36

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We had $27,645 in cash on hand as of June 30, 2022.

Net cash used in operating activities was $192,615 for the six months ended June 30, 2022, compared to $45,753 for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The material increases in cash used in operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2022 was primarily due to an increase of approximately 159,000, net of non-cash amortization in operating losses in the six months ended 2022.

Net cash provided by sound performance, high strength and good transparency.investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2022 was $29,800 compared to $-0- for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The investing activity in 2022 related to the acquisition of a business, net of cash.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $190,460 for the six months ended June 30, 2022, compared to $45,753 for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The material increase during the 2022 period was due to an increase in proceeds from related party loans.

Financial Impact of COVID-19

 

The pursuitCOVID-19 pandemic has affected how we are operating our business, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of innovation demands thatoperations and overall financial performance remains uncertain. The COVID-19 pandemic is having widespread, rapidly evolving, and unpredictable impacts on global society, economies, financial markets, and business practices. Federal, state and foreign governments have implemented measures to contain the Company continually expand its understandingvirus, including social distancing, travel restrictions, border closures, limitations on public gatherings, work from home, and closure of non-essential businesses. To protect the health and well-being of our employees, partners, and third-party service providers, we have implemented work-from-home requirements, made substantial modifications to employee travel policies, and cancelled or shifted marketing and other corporate events to virtual-only formats for the near future. While we continue to monitor the situation and may adjust our current policies as more information and public health guidance become available, such precautionary measures could negatively affect our customer success efforts, sales and marketing efforts, delay and lengthen our sales cycles, or create operational or other challenges, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.

In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted the operations of our current enterprise customers, as well as many potential enterprise customers, and may continue to disrupt their operations, for an indefinite period of time, including as a result of travel restrictions and/or business shutdowns, uncertainty in the financial markets, or other harm to their businesses and financial results, resulting in delayed purchasing decisions, extended payment terms, and postponed or cancelled projects, all of which could negatively impact our business and results of operations, including our revenue and cash flows.

Beginning in March 2020, the U.S. and global economies have reacted negatively in response to worldwide concerns due to the economic impacts of the chemistryCOVID-19 pandemic. These factors also may adversely impact enterprise and physicsgovernment spending on technology as well as such customers’ ability to pay for our products and services on an ongoing basis. For example, some businesses in industries particularly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, such as travel, hospitality, retail, and oil and gas, have significantly cut or eliminated capital expenditures. A prolonged economic downturn could adversely affect technology spending, demand for our offerings, which could have a negative impact on our financial condition, results of film, extrusionoperations and clean room techniques, and work closely withcash flows. Any resulting instability in the Company’s suppliers and customers.

What’s unique aboutfinancial markets could also adversely affect the Company’s PVA Film is:

·its price point is competitive with plastics currently on the market (depending upon the price of oil or corn);
·it biodegrades quickly in both compost and landfills without needing any industrial additives (a large variety of naturally occurring microorganisms have been proven to degrade PVA);
·it is an excellent barrier to odors, bacteria, carbon dioxide, hydrogen and oxygen, and is solvent resistant;
·it is non-toxic. While the film is not approved for food contact applications yet, independent studies have shown it to be non-toxic;
·it is stable even under extreme heat and other conditions; and
·it is water-soluble and will dissolve in certain pre-configured temperatures of water (cold, warm and hot water soluble grades are available).

Consumers will enjoy having the option of either disposingvalue of our plastic with their trash, knowing it will quickly biodegrade in a landfill, or simply dissolvecommon stock, our plastic down their kitchen sinks.ability to refinance our indebtedness, and our access to capital.

 

The Company has few PVA Packaging Material direct competitors—even with so many biodegradable plastics available today.

The Company’s Product (PVA) versus PET & PLA

The Company’s plastic is a polyvinyl alcohol (“PVA”) based plastic, which is non-toxic, 100% biodegradableultimate duration and water-soluble. It doesn’t discolor when exposed to sunlight, nor degrade with heat. PVA has been evaluated byextent of the FDA and is “Generally Considered as Safe,” even for human consumption (as it is often used as a coating for medication, fruit and vegetables).

PVA itself is not a new invention, but until now, it could onlyimpact from the COVID-19 pandemic depends on future developments that cannot be produced in a hand-made manual way; no machine could efficiently mass-produce it.

What makes the Company’s PVA Packaging Material unique is that the Company’s scientists have discovered a way to produceaccurately forecasted at this plastic for a variety of applications at relatively low costs by using the Company’s proprietary methods and patented machine(s).

Here is how it matches up against the competition:

The Company’s PVA film is superior and unique amongst all biodegradable products on the market today. MonoSol in the U.S. (see:http://www.monosol.com/) is a competitor. The main competitor in the field is Aicello of Japan (see:http://www.solublon.com/).

PVA water-soluble film is used in diverse applicationstime, such as packaging, mold release, transfer printing, embroidery, medicalthe severity and textiles. The industry is primarily focusedtransmission rate of the disease, the actions of governments, businesses, and individuals in response to the pandemic, the extent and effectiveness of containment actions, the impact on film/wrap/bags applications. The fastest growing segment is household laundryeconomic activity and dishwasher detergent packages, with the detergent being in a single serving plastic bag consistingimpact of a PVA film that dissolves during the cleansing process. Laundry bags (medical facilities) are also an established market. In addition, polarizing PVA film for LCD (Liquid Crystal Displays) is a growing market (high-end, mostly out of Japan).

1.Price. PET uses petroleum and its price fluctuates with world oil prices. PLA is more expensive than PET, uses petroleum in its production process, and its price fluctuates depending upon the price of oil, and/or corn. Unlike PET and PLA, the Company’s product does not contain oil or corn, and it is able to offer stable, long-term and competitive pricing to the customers we plan to divert from PET and PLA.

2.Biodegradability & Convenience of Disposal. Unlike PET and PLA, the Company’s product is 100% biodegradable in both a landfill and in compost. This means the consumer can dispose of the Company’s product directly in their trash. It is also water soluble, which allows consumers to simply dissolve the plastic under certain water temperatures in their sink. Since the recycling process uses water to cleanse recycled plastic, the Company’s plastic should simply dissolve during the recycling process and will thus not “contaminate” the recycle stream like PLA is accused of doing. Taken together, the consumer has the options of: (i) disposing the product in the trash; (ii) dissolving it in their sink; and/or (iii) depositing it in the recycle bin.

3.Quality of Our Product. PET is a very high quality, durable plastic. PLA can be susceptible to instability in heat, sunlight and other factors, which might affect its marketability. The Company’s product, by comparison, is very stable under heat just like PET. In fact, it has been tested by a plastic bag producer at temperatures up to 380°F, and our product didn’t change. By contrast, PET burnt to a crisp. Despite the product’s strength and durability, it will quickly dissolve in certain temperatures of water (we can design the temperature parameters depending upon the application) and will degrade quickly when exposed to bacteria in a landfill or soil. In addition, uncertified tests have been made on “freshness” using the Company’s PVA Film and it was found that a ripe piece of fruit, when sealed in PVA Film, stays fresh for a full 30 days.

4.Accessibility and Production of the Raw Material for the Production of PVA Film.Though any bio-substance that can ferment into an alcohol can be used to make the PVA Film from the patented PVA Film Machine, after extensive testing of the properties of various plants, vegetables and fruits, it has been concluded that (i) the biodegradable qualities are not equal amongst all bio-substances; (ii) some bio-substances leave varying degrees of residue upon degradation; (iii) the cost varies; and (iv) so does the time taken to ferment and get the raw material ready for the PVA Film making process.

Therefore, the scientists have chosen the best possible raw materials that produce the greatest amount of benefitsthese and cost savings.

Since 500 Billion pounds of plastic will be producedother factors on our employees, partners, and sold this year, the markets and applications are endless. Since the product is 100% “Green” it will also be in immediate demand, especially since there are so few real competitors.

DISTRIBUTION METHODS

Preliminary market development work has been done by WSPVA as follows:

WSPVA believes it has three markets for its PVA Film (stemming from formal and informal discussions with representatives of companies who are interestedthird-party service providers. These uncertainties may increase variability in our product(s) oncefuture results of operations and adversely impact our ability to accurately forecast changes in our business performance and financial condition in future periods. If we are in full production, and based upon certain assumptions and conditions):

Pharmaceutical Industry (gowns, gloves, etc.): A packaging factory with capacity to handle 30,000 metric tons per month, totaling 792,000,000 lbs. of plastics per year. They are limited by their production capacity and not by what they can sell. They expressed interest in possibly paying $4.50 per lb. for enough PVA Film to replace their present plastics.

The Fruit and Vegetable Packaging Industry in North America, USA: This industry has over 450 different commodities sold at the retail level. Much of this industry requires plastic “clam shells” to package and market their products. Using just one of the 450 commodities as an example, the State of California alone will require 1,440,000,000 clamshells for strawberries in 2010. In just the strawberry industry, this represents approximately $175,000,000 annually worth of clamshell needs for strawberries alone.

A California Company has given us a conditional order for over 500,000,000 clamshells. This alone represents a potential $60,000,000 in revenues.

Stephen Gould Corporation: is the largest privately owned packaging sales organization in the United States. It transacts over $500M in sales annually. Stephen Gould services over 1,000 current customers like Disney, Verizon Wireless, RIM/Blackberry, and Golden State Foods (services fast-food enterprises such as McDonalds). Stephen Gould has tested our PVA Film and believes that it is “… game changing on a global level.” They are interested in exclusive rights to use our PVA Film for several of their customers, including possibly Golden State Foods – servicing McDonalds and others in the fast food industry. We wish to establish a diverse portfolio of customers, but the plastic bag industry has lower margins than the above two options. Nevertheless, when we have developed enough PVA Film Machines, this is a very attractive contract to fulfill.

Nobility Fruit Co. has given us an initial order for 1,000,000,000 clamshells, to be expanded as our production can handle the order. This totals $118,000,000 annually, with a projected $95M in Net Profits, where only fixed annual expenses are computed. That’s a projected $475M Net Profit for a 5-year contract. It takes 63 PVA Film Machines to fill this order. If we expand in order to fill their entire 3 billion clamshell needs, we would need 189 machines. This order represents a $2.56 per lbs and $6.24 per lbs. price for our plastic, as compared to the $4.50 per lbs price for the pharmaceutical application.

COMPETITION

Presently, the packaging and consumer products plastic industry utilizes primarily two types of plastic: Polyethylene Terephthalate (“PET”) and Poly Lactic Acid (“PLA”).

PET(Polyethylene Terephthalate)

PET dominates the consumer plastic industry. It is used in plastic bottles, bags, clamshells and most other packaging and consumer product applications. Because PET is petroleum based, its price fluctuates with the price of oil. It is not biodegradable, but it is commonly recycled. It takes between 500-1,000 years to biodegrade.

Though a very stable product, it cannot be produced from renewable energy sources and it is very destructive to the environment—both land and water.

PLA (Poly Lactic Acid)

PLA is a relatively new entry into the plastic packaging and consumer goods market. PLA is typically a corn oil based plastic when produced in the U.S., and a sugar cane based plastic outside of the U.S.

In the US, there is one primary producer of PLA products, and that is NatureWorks LLC. PLA is generally more expensive than PET, but there is a demand for it nonetheless because it is considered “green” compared to PET.

However, by NatureWorks LLC’s own admission, their product is not biodegradable. It is “compost-able,” but only in an industrial compost facility. Moreover, it cannot degrade in landfills, will not degrade in the ocean or soil, and may contaminate the recycling industry.

Despite the relatively high prices and all the aforementioned problems with PLA, many major retailers (like Walmart and Trader Joes and others) are demanding PLA products to promote a “green” ideology. We intend to quickly fill that demand with our product.

We include under the PLA category, other plastics considered Biodegradable and which come from renewable vegetation-based resources because they all share common drawbacks. PLA has other drawbacks.

1.It is more expensive to produce.
2.It is unstable in heat.
3.It has a tendency to discolor under direct sunlight.
4.Consumers don’t know what to do with PLA products, as they require industrial composting, and consumers often dispose of PLA products in either the trash or the recycle stream.

We include Cereplast, Inc. (Nasdaq:CERP) as part of the PLA category and they are a serious competitor in some important ways. We include certain details here so one can immediately see the complexity of production of usable resin—whereas the Company’s PVA Film is simply made from alcohol, converted to a liquid which is fed into a PVA Machine, making rolls and rolls of plastic which is easily distributed and used by all conventional machines.

Cereplast designs and manufactures proprietary starch-based, plastics created from their proprietary bio-plastics technology, which incorporate PLA as part of the resin. These bio-resins replace a significant portion of petroleum-based additives with bio-based material such as starches from tapioca, corn, wheat and potatoes, resulting in sustainable plastics.

Since Cereplast is starch-based, rather than petroleum-based, the cost is not subject to fluctuation based on the price of fossil fuels. The manufacturing process for Cereplast resins takes place at a lower heat than that required for manufacturing with traditional plastics, further bringing down manufacturing costs.

Resin manufacturing requires the Cereplast production team to select the right biopolymer matrix made from renewable, cost-stable resources. These biopolymers include polylactic acid (PLA) from NatureWorks LLC, soy proteins, PHA, PHBs, or starch from corn, wheat or potatoes.

The selected biopolymer is blended with other biodegradable components to reinforce its molecular structure through a proprietary process developed by Cereplast. The blend is then polymerized and treated with nano-composites for surface optimization and further reinforcement. The entire green composite process is high-speed and low-cost. The final product is then packaged and shipped to converters, which are able to processrespond to and manage the resin using traditional equipment.

Cereplast products are certified biodegradable by a numberimpact of independent agencies. The products are fully compost-able incommercial facilities within 60-180 days, leaving no chemical residue. Cereplast products can be discarded with food waste – no separation required.

Cereplast Hybrid Resins® products are bio-based, replacing 50%such events effectively or more of the petroleum content in traditional plastic products with materials from renewable sources such as starches from corn, tapioca, wheat and potatoes.

We could include a long list of semi-biodegradable products, but all share similar properties that differentiate them from our product:

·They remain unstable when produced by a machine or when they encounter heat or extreme conditions.
·Many of these products must be produced by hand and don’t presently have a machine-based application.
·Compost-ability is most often subject to some industrial process instead of being able to just be placed in a hole in the ground and covered.
·Price of production is still higher than our PVA Film

According to Doug Woodring, founder of the Ocean Recovery Alliance, “Plastic and other waste in the ocean have caused a large impact on the environment and ecosystem, much of which is only just becoming understood. It can kill marine life, may be entering our food chain, and can have a negative effect on people’s health and safety. Global consumption of plastic has outstripped our infrastructure in waste management. It is estimated that over 70% of the plastic and other waste in the ocean enters from land based sources, and this has spurred urgent attention on its environmental impact.”

There are growing indications that the cumulative effect of plastic use as a common business component is having increasingly harmful environmental impacts. Recent studies include the following data:

·More than 7 million tons of garbage reaches the marine environment every year according to the UNEP.
·Most plastic is not biodegradable, and the decomposition of many types of plastic can take hundreds of years.

SOURCES AND AVAILABILITY OF PRODUCTS

WSPVA believes it has three markets for its PVA Film (stemming from formal and informal discussions with representatives of companies who are interested in our product(s) once we are in full production, and based upon certain assumptions and conditions):

Pharmaceutical Industry (gowns, gloves, etc.): A packaging factory with capacity to handle 30,000 metric tons per month, totaling 792,000,000 lbs. of plastics per year. They are limited by their production capacity andif global economic conditions do not by what they can sell. They expressed interest in possibly paying $4.50 per lb. for enough PVA Film to replace their present plastics.

The Fruit and Vegetable Packaging Industry in North America, USA: This industry has over 450 different commodities sold at the retail level. Much of this industry requires plastic “clam shells” to package and market their products. Using just one of the 450 commodities as an example, the State of California alone will require 1,440,000,000 clamshells for strawberries in 2010. In just the strawberry industry, this represents approximately $175,000,000 annually worth of clamshell needs for strawberries alone.

A California Company has given us a conditional order for over 500,000,000 clamshells. This alone represents a potential $60,000,000 in revenues.

Stephen Gould Corporation: is the largest privately owned packaging sales organization in the United States. It transacts over $500M in sales annually. Stephen Gould services over 1,000 current customers like Disney, Verizon Wireless, RIM/Blackberry, and Golden State Foods (services fast-food enterprises such as McDonalds). Stephen Gould has tested our PVA Film and believes that it is “… game changing on a global level.” They are interested in exclusive rights to use our PVA Film for several of their customers, including possibly Golden State Foods – servicing McDonalds and others in the fast food industry. We wish to establish a diverse portfolio of customers, but the plastic bag industry has lower margins than the above two options. Nevertheless, when we have developed enough PVA Film Machines, this is a very attractive contract to fulfill.

Nobility Fruit Co. has given us an initial order for 1,000,000,000 clamshells, to be expanded as our production can handle the order. This totals $118,000,000 annually, with a projected $95M in Net Profits, where only fixed annual expenses are computed. That’s a projected $475M Net Profit for a 5-year contract. It takes 63 PVA Film Machines to fill this order. If we expand in order to fill their entire 3 billion clamshell needs, we would need 189 machines. This order represents a $2.56 per lbs and $6.24 per lbs. price for our plastic, as compared to the $4.50 per lbs price for the pharmaceutical application.

DEPENDENCE ON ONE OR A FEW MAJOR CUSTOMERS

Zyrox Mining International, Inc. is not dependent on oneimprove, or a few major customers.

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS and LICENSES

Exclusive Technology License - Licensors have irrevocably granted to the Company, to the exclusion of Licensors, their Affiliates, Related Entities, Assigns or any person or entity anywhere in the world, an exclusive, non-cancelable license for the United States and Canada to import, purchase, promote, market, distribute, sell, transfer, utilize and/or use, in any way the Company desires and at the Company's absolute and exclusive discretion, the Products, End Products, Patent, PCX Patent, Invention Patent, Patent Rights and/or Intellectual Property, along with any products, services, processes, designs, methods, materials, ingredients, improvements or inventions utilized thereby or derived there from, in any way the Company likes; which license shall be irrevocable, non-cancelable, exclusive, without restriction, and without royalty, and which also includes the right of the Company to sublicense however and to whomever the Company wants ("Exclusive License"). The term of this Exclusive License and all rights related thereto shall be: (i) the maximum term allowable in the P.R.C. and/or other applicable jurisdictions for a license against the Patent and/or PCT Patent, including any extensions thereof; and (ii) in perpetuity with respect to all other aspects of the Company's Exclusive License and exclusive rights granted in this Agreement (or some other shorter period if such shorter period is required by law in a certain applicable jurisdiction, in which case the shorter period shall only apply in that jurisdiction). Licensors (and/or their successors or assigns) shall file patent extensions related to the Patent, PCT Patent, Invention Patent and/or any other patents related to the Patent Rights or Intellectual Property no later than 180 days before expiration thereof. Licensors shall initiate, maintain and defend such patent extension application(s). Upon expiration of any of the Patent, PCT Patent, Invention Patent, and/or any other additional patents related to the Patent Rights or Intellectual Property, Licensors (or, if applicable, their successors) or Assign(s)) shall issue to the Company (or, if applicable, its successor or assign) a new Technology License and Transfer Agreement in form and substance, which is substantially similar to this Agreement and which shall extend and expand the Company's rights hereunder as they relate to the Patent, PCT Patent, Invention Patent, Patent Rights, Product, End Products and Intellectual Property along with any products, services, processes, designs, methods, materials, ingredients, improvements or inventions utilized thereby or derived there from, for a new extended term, which is in perpetuity (or some other shorter period if law requires such shorter period in a certain applicable jurisdiction, in which case the shorter period shall only apply in that Jurisdiction).

NEED FOR ANY GOVERNMENT APPROVAL OR PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS

We may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from regulatory agencies. These regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations, limit our operating privileges, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering, or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect ondeteriorate further, our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects,cash flows could be adversely affected.

37

Table of Contents

Employees

We currently have 5 employees, 5 of which are officers and directors of WNLV. We anticipate hiring additional employees in the next twelve months. We anticipate hiring necessary personnel based on an as wellneeded basis only on a per contract basis to be compensated directly from revenues.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 we did not engage in any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in item 303(a)(4) of the trading priceCommission’s Regulation S-K. We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources that is material to investors.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our common stock. The regulatory agencies also may take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before settlementsenior management, including our Chief Executive Officer and deliveryChief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the common stock offered hereby. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation ofdesign and prior to settlement and delivery, you do so at the risk that settlement and delivery may not occur.

Any uncertainties and/or negative publicity regarding this approval requirement could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

GOVERNMENT AND INDUSTRY REGULATION

We will be subject to federal laws and regulations that relate directly or indirectly to our operations including securities laws. We will also be subject to common business and tax rules and regulations pertaining to the operation of our business.disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective such that the information relating to us required to be disclosed in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) reports (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company’s former management abandoned all operations for many years, and only recently did the Company appoint new management to make filings with the SEC on behalf of the Company. As of June 30,2022 we have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective

ENVIRONMENTAL LAWSManagement’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Our Company has been dormant since November 2012. As a result, our management did not evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30,2022, and December 31, 2021 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). without such an evaluation, our management concluded that we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30,2022, based on the COSO framework criteria, as more fully described below. This was due to deficiencies that existed in the design or operation of our internal controls over financial reporting that adversely affected our internal controls and that may be considered to be material weaknesses.

 

The Company’s product is bio degradablematters involving internal controls and non-toxic. We do not anticipate any problems with environmental laws.However, as a manufacturer, we are subject to various environmental laws and regulations on air emission, wastewater discharge, solid wastes and noise. Although we believeprocedures that our operations aremanagement considered to be material weaknesses under the standards of the PCAOB were: (1) lack of a functioning audit committee, (2) lack of a majority of outside directors on our Board of Directors, resulting in substantial compliance with current environmental laws and regulations, we may not be able to comply with these regulations at all times as the environmental legal regime is evolving and becoming more stringent. Therefore, if the government imposes more stringent regulationsineffective oversight in the future, we may have to incur additionalestablishment and potentially substantial costsmonitoring of required internal controls and expenses in order to complyprocedures; (3) inadequate segregation of duties consistent with new regulations, which may negatively affect our resultscontrol objectives; (4) complete lack of operations.  Further, no assurance can be given that all potential environmental liabilities have been identified or properly quantified or that any prior owner, operator, or tenant has not created an environmental condition unknown to us.  If we fail to comply with anymanagement of the present or future environmental regulationscompany from November 2012 until June 30,2022; and (5) lack of disclosure controls. The aforementioned material weaknesses were identified by our Chief Executive and Financial Officer in any material aspects, we may suffer from negative publicity and be subject to claims for damages that may require us to pay substantial fines or haveconnection with the review of our operations suspended or even be forced to cease operations.financial statements as of June 30,2022.

 

EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

The Company currently has one full timeManagement believes that the material weaknesses set forth above did not have an effect on our financial results because the activity during this period was nominal. However, management believes that the lack of a functioning audit committee and two part time employees pending funding.Messrs. Halim, Kruse Cruzthe lack of a majority of outside Directors on our Board of Directors results in ineffective oversight in the establishment and Kruse Velazquez are essential to our ability to continue to grow our business.  Eachmonitoring of these key employees has established relationships within the industries in which we operate. Each of these employees have agreed to non-solicitationrequired internal controls and non-compete restrictions during the course of their employment with us, however, these restrictions only extend for a one year period from termination.  Further, we do not maintain, or intend to maintain, key person life insurance for any of our officers or key employees.  If any of them were to leave us, our growth strategy might be hindered, which could limit our ability to increase revenue. In addition, we face competition for attracting skilled personnel. If we fail to attract and retain qualified personnel to meet current and future needs, this could slow our ability to grow our business,procedures, which could result in a decreasematerial misstatement in market share.our financial statements in future periods.

38

Table of Contents

LEGAL PROCEEDINGSChanges in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the periods ended June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The SEC has defined a company’s critical accounting policies as the ones that are most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and which require the Company to make its most difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. Based on this definition, we have identified the critical accounting policies and judgments addressed below. We also have other key accounting policies that are not involvedsignificant to understanding our results.

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in any pending legal proceeding noraccordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and are we awareexpressed in Canadian dollars.

Management’s Representation of any pending or threatened litigation against us.Interim Financial Statements

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The Company’s Common Stock is currently quoted onaccompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared by the OTC:PK Board.

PENNY STOCK RULES

TheCompany without audit pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Company uses the same accounting policies in preparing quarterly and annual financial statements. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted as allowed by such rules and regulations, and management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. These financial statements include all of the adjustments, which in the opinion of management are necessary to a fair presentation of financial position and results of operations. All such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto on December 31, 2020.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates relate to revenue recognition, valuation of accounts receivable and inventories, income taxes, and contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, known or expected trends, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable given the quality of information available as of the date of these financial statements. The results of these assumptions provide the basis for making estimates about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. The guidance provided in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606 (“ASC 606”) requires entities to use a five-step model to recognize revenue by allocating the consideration from contracts to performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. Revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also requires new disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. ASC 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs – Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer.

39

Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with banks and money market funds, the fair value of which approximates cost. The Company maintains its cash balances with a high-credit-quality financial institution. The Company has adopted rulesnot experienced any losses in such accounts, and management believes the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2021, the balance of cash was $-0-.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms which are recorded at net realizable value. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on management’s assessment of the collectability of trade receivables. A considerable amount of judgment is required in assessing the amount of the allowance. The Company makes judgments about the creditworthiness of each customer based on ongoing credit evaluations and monitors current economic trends that regulate broker-dealer practicesmight impact the level of credit losses in the future. If the financial condition of the customers were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make payments, a specific allowance will be required.

Recovery of bad debt amounts previously written off is recorded as a reduction of bad debt expense in the period the payment is collected. If the Company’s actual collection experience changes, revisions to its allowance may be required. After all, attempts to collect a receivable have failed, the receivable is written off against the allowance.

As of December 31, 2021, the balance of accounts receivable was $-0-.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Under ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Under ASC 740, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. ASC 740-10-05, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.

The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company assesses the validity of its conclusions regarding uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis to determine if facts or circumstances have arisen that might cause it to change its judgment regarding the likelihood of a tax position’s sustainability under audit.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional and reporting currency of the Company is the US dollar.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company computes net income (loss) per share in accordance with FASB ASC 260, Earnings per Share which requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of the income statement. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive potential shares if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that impact the Company’s operations. 

40

Table of Contents

Our Business

Business Overview

Winvest Group Ltd. (“WNLV” or the “Company”) is a US holding company incorporated in Nevada, which operates through the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries TCG and IQI.

TCG

The Catalyst Group Entertainment is a media debt financing company focusing on opportunities comprised of global emerging film, television and media projects. We curate a diverse portfolio of projects that we believe will create profitable and steady returns for investors with an equal focus on capital protection by providing collateralized loans to an asset class that is traditionally not correlated to normal market conditions.

The Catalyst Group Entertainment (hereafter called “TCG”) is a media finance and production company for the media and entertainment sector headed by Joseph S. Lanius, Nick D. Burnett and Khiow H. Lim with over 25 years’ experience in the film industry, encompassing film finance, production and distribution. The TCG team has relationships with movie studios, streaming platforms, agencies, production companies and leading financial institutions.

TCG has a broad range of film finance products and support services to offer established and emerging film production companies, catalyzing both domestic and international filmmakers and producers in the global film markets.

With our experience, networks, relationships and resources, TCG utilizes risk mitigation techniques that could enhance investor protection by financing collateralized debt and gap/mezzanine positions for film, television and other media projects, whilst also occasionally securing net profit participations to enable investors to benefit from potential extraordinary returns generated from TCG financed projects.

The founding team possesses a full breadth of hands-on experience including deal origination, financial structuring, business and legal affairs consulting and film and television production expertise. Within the new emerging digital entertainment market, TCG will not only provide media financing tools but also plans to partner with a distribution aggregator with experienced technology developers and data analysts to facilitate a streaming distribution platform for content creators backed by metrics.

Our founding members believe that current and anticipated market trends are ideal for the launch of a debt facility with industry veterans that have a strong background in financing and production and media technology. Our team has an excellent industry network of associates that have worked with major film studios, globally known talent and packaging agencies, and management companies. We also possess a strong network of close relationships with distributors, as well as recognized Sale Agents and banks. These are complemented by an extensive network of family offices, asset managers, hedge funds and a pool of private investors.

The Catalyst Group Entertainment is preparing to commence operations with a soft launch in May 2022.

Independent Film Financing Overview

EQUITY

Equity investment is the last to recoup in the waterfall of revenues for a media project. The equity investors negotiate with producers for a share of net profits, which could be up to 50% depending on the size of the investment for the project. This type of investment is the highest risk & highest potential reward. The production team and overall package of the media project are important factors to help mitigate the risk and optimize the reward.

GAP:

The “gap” position in the waterfall is a form of mezzanine debt financing where the producer wishes to complete their film finance plan by procuring a loan that is secured against the projected estimates of a media project that are provided by the sales and distribution experts within the marketplace for a particular project. This is a type of loan that TCG will provide in the marketplace and generate interest rates of 10-17.5% annually.

41

Table of Contents

PRE-SALES:

Prior to the media project being released, distribution agreements with major studios or film distributors negotiated by producers and sales agents for the media project are made that provide a minimum guarantee or license fee with a negotiated payment structure and backend. The typical payment structure is 10-20% upon signature and 80-90% upon delivery of the finished film to the distributor. TCG will provide pre-sale loans for projects at interest rates between 5-12.5% annually.

SOFT MONEY:

So-called “soft money” can take on a variety of different forms including tax credits, tax rebates and tax allowances, government-backed grants or subsidies, negotiated service discounts and sales of certain rights in the film. The most common form of soft money is in tax incentives, tax rebates, or tax credits that are paid by the government body where the media project is produced. This is generally considered to be highly secured financing and any loans for this type of collateral typically generate interest returns of approximately 8-10% annually.

Deals

When making GAP LOANS:

it is very important that the producer has a solid production track record and key crew to support to ensure that the producer can deliver the film that it is proposing on time and on budget.

TCG’s executive producer team will vary from project to project; overseeing and monitoring each project.

Client Focus

Pre-sale distribution. Securing minimum guarantees and license fees.

In collaboration with a reputable sales agency, skilled producers can sell distribution rights piecemeal to various domestic and foreign territories before the project starts production, which is known as a “pre-sale” within the industry. These are sales made to reputable and verified distributors with proven records of timely payment. The amount of the minimum guarantee/license fee is based on the strength of the script and attached (or “packaged”) elements such as director and actors. TCG will always discount the pre-sale collateral when determining its loan size to provide a safety buffer.

Tax Incentive Financing and GAP/Mezzanine Contributions

TAX INCENTIVES:

Many countries and states provide tax incentives from government entities. In the United States, many state governments (e.g. Georgia, Louisiana, New York, etc.) have tax incentive programs for media projects that are a reliable form of collateral for financiers. The tax incentive is dependent upon the amount of qualified spend in the production location. Interest rates for tax incentive financing vary from 8-12% with repayment typically being made from the applicable government entity within 12-18 months depending on the program. The tax incentive loan will not be provided until an industry approved third party has analyzed the budget and submitted an estimated audit. Also, the producer must provide necessary evidence that the production is approved to qualify for the tax incentive. The amount of the tax incentive loan will be no more than 90% of the estimated tax incentive return provided by the auditor.

GAP/MEZZANINE FINANCING:

Gap financing is a type of mezzanine financing that is secured by unsold territories for a media project. This type of financing is recouped after the pre-sale loan is satisfied. It is a riskier form of financing than pre-sale loans but also has a higher form of return averaging from 12-17.5% annually depending on the evaluation of the overall risk profile of the project. The estimated time of recoupment is normally 12-18 months. TCG will consider the performance of pre-sales and overall value of the package to determine the appropriate amount of gap financing. With certain projects, any gap financing will require a net profit share that can potentially generate exponential returns if a picture is a box office success.

Competitive Advantages

TCG has experienced finance and production executives, a rigorous and strategic green-light process, U.S. and international distribution relationships, and access to premium investment opportunities.

42

Table of Contents

INVESTMENT CONTROLS AND PROTECTIONS

With extensive access to the top commercial film projects from the studios/production companies and independent producers, predominantly due to TCG’s and its principals’ track record, reputation and standing within the industry, deals will be sourced from trusted professionals working in the entertainment industry.

The Managers have created a due diligence process to facilitate the initial assessment of each media project submission and will involve key partners to help with the evaluation process. If gap coverage is being considered a ‘reader’s coverage’ review of the script may also be sourced.

TCG has several risk mitigation advantages including (i) use of tried and tested transaction structures, (ii) knowledge of the various co-production treaties and their benefits, and (iii) thorough collateral evaluation and due diligence techniques. For any loan to be issued, there must be a credible finance plan with evidence that 100% of the budget will be in place upon loan issuance to complete and deliver the project in accordance with the production schedule. TCG also negotiates priority recoupment positions appropriate to the level of risk undertaken. All productions will have (i) general liability and errors and omission insurance policies, (ii) reputable third-party collection agents, and (iii) robust legal documentation to secure the necessary collateral and rights.

GAP funding will be no more than 50% of a budget and the applicable sales agent’s historical hit rate of actual sales vs take estimates will be scrutinized. Additionally, no less than 25% of the sales fees due to the sales agent will be deferred until TCG’s loans are repaid. This is intended to align interests and ensure the sales agent needs to perform for them to earn their full fees. Counter party creditworthiness will be assessed by appropriate due diligence. TCG will always liaise with its network and other financiers in assessing and validating its due diligence of counter-parties.

SALES AGENT RELATIONSHIPS

TCG has relationships with sales agents including Hanway Films, The Solution Entertainment Group, XYZ Films, the Exchange, Mister Smith, Highland Film Group, and AGC Studios.

IQI

IQI MEDIA INC. is a full-service content creation, film and advertising production company located in the City of Pasadena, California. Our producers’ team keen on managing all aspects of a multilinguistic project throughout the life cycle from conception and strategy to design, development and delivery. IQI Media, a solely 100% women-owned company, founded by Khiow Hui Lim in August 2010, a native Malaysia born producer graduated from Wichita State University. She has been producing from small to large scale video, film productions for more than 20+ years.

In 2012, IQI reached out to Brand USA offered to donate a nearly 700 hours road trip footage to support President Obama “Travel Promotion Act” campaign, ended up IQI was offered a contracted post editorial job from Miles Partnership. Miles Partnership is the official destination marketing management agency under the “Travel Promotion Act” that created the Brand USA — the country’s first national marketing arm was signed into law in 2010. IQI’s mission is to support Brand USA and Miles Partnership to increase incremental international visitation, spend, and market share to fuel the nation’s economy and enhance the image of the USA worldwide.

IQI production has served prestigious S&P 500 brand clients, overseeing interactive development from pre- to post-production, including concept and design.

In 2014, IQI decided to embrace it production creativity into feature length film and animation production. During these years, IQI and producer Charlene Kelly closed a deal to begin story development with the Academy Awards director Brenda Chapman. And the next year to complete a sci-fiction feature film titled “Alien Code” currently distributed across North America and Europe starring an Emmy award cast Richard Schiff, Mary McCormack

In 2018, IQI officially incorporated in state of California, as a joint venture with The Catalyst Group Entertainment to roll out theatrical and original streaming content. Focus on “ConTech” incubators who can utilize visual creation, script data development with analytical metrics and emerging technologies for better content delivery experience.

43

Table of Contents

OUR VISION

IQI vision is to be the best-in-content visual delivery and metric analysis in content creativity and reiteration production lab — helping content creators in the largest share of the global streaming market and significantly contributing to job creation, gross domestic product (GDP), export cultural and freedom contents throughout the world.

OUR MISSION

Our mission is to increase content creator incremental ads spend revenues via streaming platforms, and market share to fuel nationwide jobs creation and enhance the story of the USA worldwide, not only in short form video but also in a large-scale format like theatrical release movies.

Market Overview

During the global lockdown at the end of March 2020, Deloitte media, entertainment and technology did a possible scenario on how a world reshaped by pandemic-driven trends; and one where streaming video and subscription services have revolutionized the traditional U.S. media and entertainment industry. According to Deloitte media, entertainment and technology, 82% of U.S. consumers subscribe to at least one paid streaming video service; the average subscriber has four paid video streaming services. Each consumer might subscribe to Apple+, Disney+, Netflix and Amazon Prime. Representing media and entertainment behaviors in five different countries, Deloitte’s 16th annual “Digital Media Trends” survey shows global audiences are increasingly frustrated managing the costs and content of streaming video on-demand services, New York, March 29, 2022. According to a 2021 survey report from the Deloitte Center for Technology, Media & Telecommunications, many cancelled cables and subscribe to HBO Max, Hulu, Netflix and Amazon Prime or even spend over $80 a month subscription on Youtube Premium TV (Doug Shapiro, “One clear casualty of the streaming wars: profit,” TheStartup, Medium, October 28, 2020).

According to Deloitte Insights, 55% of respondents now watch a free ad-supported video service. Streaming music subscribers pay for an average of two paid music services, and those who subscribe to gaming services pay for an average of three.

Subscribers cite an increase in price as the biggest reason they would cancel a paid video, music, or gaming service.

Before the pandemic, the Studios typically released new movies to theaters with an exclusive window: A film would not be shown on any other channel during the theatrical release. On average, studios share 45% of box office revenue with the theater operator. Most movies make about 75% of total US box office revenue in the first 17 days (including the first three weekends), yet they can stay in theaters for another 60 to 75 days to capture the remaining 25%. The longer a movie runs in theaters, the more the revenue share shifts in favor of the venues (Chris Arkenberg, David Cutbill, Jeff Loucks, Kevin Westcott, Digital Media Trends “The Future Of Movies,” The Deloitte Center for Technology, Media & Telecommunications, 10 December 2020).

Key Findings

Traditionally, the windowing system has ensured that revenue generated by each platform is protected by rights to show movies during a particular time frame. Theatrical releases not only drive box office revenues; typically determine how revenue from subsequent windows are negotiated. Here’s an example, the license fee for TV windows is determined by the success of the theatrical release: the higher the box office revenue, the higher the license fee paid to studios. If more movies skip theaters or shorten theatrical windows in favor of digital platforms, fewer movies would likely be able to generate required box office results or reach minimums for TV deals. Likewise, production budget and cost will eventually reach to the lowest.

Changes to the theatrical window—such as releasing a movie on Streaming OR PVoD instead of in a theater—could create a domino effect of change across other windows and put more pressure on the success of streaming efforts to compensate. This shifting landscape puts studios in a difficult position. They may be able to reach more people through streaming services, particularly during the pandemic, but doing so could undermine theaters and the large revenues they generate.

As on-demand streaming services have expanded, they have put more pressure on the traditional post-theater windows, such as premium and basic pay TV.

IQI producers team believes that by Q2 of 2022, at least 150 million paid subscriptions to streaming video-on-demand (SVOD) services will be cancelled worldwide, with churn rates of up to 30% per market.

44

Table of Contents

As leading streaming providers expand globally while national media companies spin up their own domestic streaming services, the amplified competition is creating abundant consumer choice—and this whip effect is accelerating as a result. That’s the bad news.

However, we believe the good news is that, overall, more subscriptions will be added than cancelled, the average number of subscriptions per person will rise, and, in markets with the highest churn, many of those cancelling may resubscribe to a service that they had previously left. These are all signs of a competitive and maturing SVOD market. As SVOD matures, growth across global regions that may have different cost sensitivities will likely require different business model innovation and pathways to profitability in media and entertainment.

Physical movie theaters do exist and will continuing shining in a different business model by market.

Current Filmmaking

The IQI production team is a true believer in post-covid “Filmmaking+” and “Cinema+” landscape. If the motherland is full of viruses, we are should have died by now. Apparently, our motherland can heal itself without a doubt.

When a movie or television show shoots on location, it brings jobs, revenue, and related infrastructure development, providing an immediate boost to the local economy. Our industry pays out $44 billion per year to more than 320,000 businesses in cities and small towns across the country—and the industry itself is comprised of more than 93,000 businesses, 87 percent of which employ fewer than 10 people. As much as $250,000 can be injected into local economies per day when a film shoots on location. In some cases, popular films and television shows can also boost tourism. Travel agencies even bundle with an extraordinary locations to serve tourists for better travel experience. In conclusion, FILM INDUCED TOURISM does influence younger travelers to a world destination (Shbhangi Goel, “Blockbuster movies create booms for tourism — and headaches for locals,” August 26, 2021. Source: https://www.cnbc.com/2021/08/26/movie-tourism-films-that-attract-visitors-cause-problems-for-locals.html.

Business Model

IQI, through its sole officer, has been in media and entertainment industry for more than 11 years. It wasn’t an easy journey for IQI the past 10 years to use of Strategic Foresight Methods for Content Creation and Portfolio Management in visual and storytelling. IQI has created a unique 3 Edges business model to drive revenues to the core business – ConTech Studio. Our blueprint layouts as below:

Content Management & Data Analytics

Be a strategic partner and work with 3 -4 global and domestic Content Creators to manage contents such as: Weekly Short Children Animation, Educational Programs. These content creators require Content Management via YouTube – Google Analytic – Google Ad Sense.

As this revenue stream allows IQI sustains an active cash flow from a 60/40, 70/30 or 80/20 split ad revenues with Content Creator. (**Currently we are in negotiating with one content creator in New York and 2 content creators from Taiwan, China to set up and manage YouTube channels. This will generate a monthly management fee as well as a quarterly ads revenues stream.

Original Intellectual Property Development

Be an Original Content Creator (OCC) and Production Company in Hollywood.

IQI will actively engage with studios and talent agencies to develop and match funding to produce quality Live Action, Holiday movies and CGI feature animation film that provide global audience with enjoyable entertainment on theatrical big screen and carry audience favorites stories along in a smart technology on worldwide streaming platforms.

Aggregator

Be an early in aggregator ecosystem, act as “One-Stop Gatekeeper Entertainment Smart Platform” for content creator and filmmaker in streaming platforms.

IQI will utilize its’ content management team to work with industry distributor Synergetic Films to develop an aggregator platform to facilitate crowded OTT market.

45

Table of Contents

Objectives

1. Leverage content partner IP to Drive Revenue

To begin a longer content monetizing term planning for two to four IPs and improve existing content performance, in order to manage a better content channel and the same time to sustain weekly original content for Character Arts’ “Spookley the Square Pumpkin” currently distributed on Disney Junior and Disney +. IQI will work Character Arts as a strategic partner to revamp “Spookley the Square Pumpkin” outside of Disney Channel and data driven to Spookley Education Website, Youtube Channel and Social Platforms. Our tactics will create engaging children’s programs via KPIs metrics measurement, such as:

Impact on sentiment about the Square Pumpkin

Increase Social engagements and engagement rate with bi-weekly episode.

Impressions/CPM to drive ads revenue

In addition, localization “Spookley the Square Pumpkin”. and distributed via official YouTube channel, targeting designated audience.

Focus on:

a.Reorganize – “Spookley the Square Pumpkins” Playlists

b.Strategize monetization plans

c.Create partner programs to benefit existing followers.

d.Re-create a quick and fast turnaround live action “Read Aloud” series to engage with exiting followers. Mainly distribute to YouTube and Spotify.

e.Successfully launching weekly new episode

f.Improving existing Follower Health

International revenue via localization – to begin the first language with “Spanish” Caption. EU, North America and South America have the biggest community with Spanish speakers.

Monthly Performance Improvements

a.Promoting, engaging and creative episodes strategy needs an owner;

b.Opportunity-driven account planning.

Smart Prioritization of Jobs

a.Prioritize episodes based on expected ROI.

Increase in productivity

b.Possible add one monthly special edition in trends to engage with new and existing followers.

46

Table of Contents

2. Develop and Complete Micro Budget IP Content Production Between 2022 – 2023

Produce new IP to facilitate market needs and at the same time to increase IQI market cap value via Original Content.

Develop and Complete An Animation IP Content Production Between 2022 – 2024. With its’ characters and famous pop music from the 70’s in this animation, IQI intends to produce and complete an animation IP for the creative and NFT market via IQI original content.

3. Decrease Turnaround Time from Pre-production to Post Editorial → reduce time to wrap a production by 30%

The shorter turnaround time should cost at least 30% less in production budget which should lead to a faster distribution.

RISK MITIGATION

Animation production is a very labor-intensive business process that can be segmented in different stages some of which are highly suitable to outsourcing to lower-cost locations. Hence, in terms of financially successful of a film will receive a high revenue in box office truly depends on distribution success. In addition, it is no way to prove for financially successful if without a great distribution & marketing strategy.

IQI Animation division plans to implement several proven strategies to mitigate risk to investors, first with a funds matching agreed amount from distribution studio such as Cartoon Network or Netflix Animation. In addition, IQI reduces risk from customizing brand sponsorship that incorporating the early marketing budget into the production budget, setting up a collection account with distributors, and casting 1 or 2 marketable actors with name recognition, ultimately a secure and completion bond will issue to protect the investors for film delivery. Lastly, a secure bond will tie to the film to secure and cover any possibilities that might happen during the process of filmmaking.

MARKETING

Regardless of the eventual distribution method, IQI Animation will be responsible for early efforts to market and build awareness for animation feature film to two specific groups: Distributors and End Users. Engaging the end user from the beginning is key to building and establishing a fan base to help bring awareness to the project. This approach gives the company more negotiating power in securing traditional distribution. IQI Animation has devised a comprehensive marketing strategy that utilizes a coordinated effort directed at creating a synergy between the distributor and audience, engaging both at the same time.

Animation feature will be marketed early on by social networking, blogs, and viral video. We will allow the fans to express themselves and get rewarded and recognized for their efforts. This will build a list of end users with markets they reside in. Using this information IQI Animation will be able to market directly to the end user and keep them engaged with distribution content.

IQI Animation for equivalent to the production budget will work with distribution studios to spend nearly a 50/50 P&A deal to gain public exposure worldwide. By understanding the importance of marketing and building a strategy for it from the outset, it is easier to manage, maintain and adapt to trends rather than waiting until the completion of postproduction.

SUCCESS FACTORS OF CGI ANIMATION PRODUCTIONS

The key success factors for producing high quality animation feature and to make profitable to our investors are to set up an appropriate infrastructure in terms of studio facilities, workspaces, computer hardware, software etc. which allows to utilize technical skills and competence with studios in the market. Far and foremost, hiring the well knows creative visual artists who can convey the right story.

47

Table of Contents

As below, these are the success key factor that IQI Animation will conduct:

Objectively and critically conduct self-assessment

Right level of corporate controls

Right incentive and motivation mechanisms

Robust production workflows

Supportive corporate culture (respectful, collaborative, etc.)

Sound economic model

Strong intellectual property planning

Strengths in licensing

Ability to form contracts and leverage networks to get the right work done at the right global location and at the right price

Effective marketing and public relations plan

Extensive distribution networks

IPS HEALTH GROWTH MEASUREMENT GOAL FOR LIVE-ACTION PRODUCTION

Currently YouTube has around 2 billion global users (Published by L. Ceci, “YouTube - Statistics & Facts” Apr 4, 2022, Source: https://www.statista.com/topics/2019/youtube/#dossierKeyfigures). For example, this is how IQI will measure, the unit of calculation is based on 1% of the minimum daily active number “click-through-rate”, which is $20,000,000 in impression. If we negotiate the revenue of the on-demand volume at the lowest class at $0.01 globally (not setting any territory), if the content receives 1 million viewers in a month, IQI content will receive at least $300K in revenue stream.

In terms of Content Creator, revenue comes from a share of advertising money. Creators are paid 68% of advertising revenue (Werner Geyser, How Much do YouTubers Make? – A YouTuber’s Pocket Guide [Calculator], January 4th, 2022 Source: https://influencermarketinghub.com/how-much-do-youtubers-make/). Actual figures vary significantly, depending on factors such as engagement rate, but as a rough average channel owners can earn between $3 and $5 for every 1000 video views.

The revenue stream might overwhelm our investors if IQI produces a unique content. We foresee by 2025, YouTube contents will becoming a “special interest” or “niche” long and short form content that audiences will subscribe to watch daily on their devices.

IQI has a long-term relationship with a group of Google Analytics, Google Ads Sense and YouTube Analytic software integration engineers to implement necessary metrics measurement on each of IQI Original Content or clients’ original content.

4. Hire union and non-union of 250+ crews, create new production + on-site jobs

We are looking to add 6 to 8 Management Roles in full-time supporting day-to-day basis jobs.

48

Table of Contents

STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK

BUSINESS GOALREACH THE TOP 100 Production Companies in the new recovery Hollywood
MARKETING OBJECTIVES1.Developing Original Content
2.Incubating Younger Generation
3.Engaging Cinema and Online Streaming Relationship and,
4.Partnering with Unions in Content Technology Education
CREATIVE PLATFORMSTHEATRICAL, YOUTUBE & STREAMING PLATFORMS
COMMUNICATION TASKSRETURN OF PRODUCTION
WELCOME BACK THE ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRY
ENTICE AUDIENCE WITH METRICS MEASUREMENT IN PLOT & CONVERT PLOT INTO AN INTERESTING VISUAL + STORY
CHANNELS & METHODS

INFLUENCERS OWNED PLATFORMS/BRANDED CONTENT SOCIAL

TELEVISION/ONLINE VIDEO/PUBLIC RELATIONS/OUT OF HOME/SPONSORED CONTENT
IN-FLIGHTS ENTERTAINMNET/HOSPITALITY ENTERTAINMENT/ELECTRICE CHARGER STATION ENTERTAINMENT

PLAN OF OPERATIONS

Continue reaching out to new Content Creators that require Content Management via YouTube – Google Analytic – Google Ad Sense. This revenue stream allows IQI to sustain an active cash flow from a 60/40, 70/30 or 80/20 split ad revenues with Content Creator. (**Currently we are in closing a content partnership with content creator Character Arts in New York, Ouction.io NFT content platform from Hong Kong and 1 animation content creator from China to set up its’ original contents YouTube channels. With these content management jobs, IQI will generate a monthly management fee as well as a quarterly ads revenues stream.) Continuing serving Miles Partnership/Brand USA on “United Stories” Campaign launches in 2022.

Set up operation workspace studio for production meeting and facilitate 7 -8 full time operation employees on day-to-day production to sprint planning content creatives, usage and content management. Contracting with an IT to support studio intranet, hardware and software implementation. Set up distribution key opinions leader (a.k.a KOL) partners programs. Complete monthly and quarterly IQI reviews and weekly content health reviews. Hold daily production updates meetings on feature film pre-production development.

Reach out to a few market developers to initiate first conversation on the blueprint of “MaiContent” aggregator pipeline product. Begin MaiContent self-distribution platform UI and UX design. Develop platform database. Hold weekly and monthly product development updates and progress.

49

Table of Contents

Employees

WNLV, TCG and IQI currently have an aggregate of 14 employees, one of whom is the sole officer and director of WNLV. We anticipate hiring additional employees in the next twelve months. We anticipate hiring necessary personnel based on an as needed basis only on a per contract basis to be compensated directly from revenues.

Intellectual Property

WNLV does not currently own any existing Intellectual Property.

TCG does not own any IP. TCG is a media film producing company and has been involved in a few film titles. The fact notwithstanding that TCG does not own any Intellectual Properties and prepare for future media financing solutions to major independent studios.

IQI is developing original titles and optioning the following film titles: The Journey to the West, The New World (Animation), I Will Follow Him, Daughter’s Death, Christmas Café. And a licensing deal with the Character Arts “Spookley the Square Pumpkins” and Feature Animation “The New World”, featuring a world festival series of famous Brian Wilson, IQI does not own existing licensing, it belongs to the Brian Wilson and the Universal Music Group. IQI will own 50% IP equity of the “The New World” musical upon completion. Once all the above mentioned titles production are completed, IQI will solely own all the above mentioned film titles and animation series.

50

Table of Contents

Management

Directors and Executive Officers

On April 14, 2021, Mr. Wan Nyuk Ming was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors, Mr. Ng Chian Yin was appointed MD of the Board of Directors, Mr. Jeffrey Wong Kah Mun was appointed Chief Executive Officer and a Director, Ms. Tham Yee Wen, was appointed Secretary cum COO, Ms. Boo Shi Huey was appointed Treasurer of the Company. Mr. Joseph Lanius is a founder and an executive producer of TCG and an executive producer of IQI. Mr. Nicholas Burnett is a co-founder and executive producer of TCG and an executive producer of IQI. Ms. Khiow Hui Lim is a co-founder and executive producer of TCG and IQI. Ms. Charlene Logan Kelly is an executive producer of IQI. Ms. Amy Morton is a producer at IQI.

NameAgePosition(s)
Wan Nyuk Ming53Chairman of the Board of Directors
Ng Chian Yin32MD of the Board of Directors
Jeffrey Wong Kah Mun43Chief Executive Officer and Director
Khiow Hui Lim48Chief Strategic Officer, Co-founder and executive producer of TCG and IQI
Charlene Logan Kelly50Chief Intellectual Officer, Executive producer of IQI
Tham Yee Wen32Secretary cum COO
Boo Shi Huey33Treasurer
Joseph Lanius45Founder and an executive producer of TCG and an executive producer of IQI
Nicholas Burnett40Co-founder and executive producer of TCG and an executive producer of IQI
Amy Morton48Producer at IQI

Mr. Wan Nyuk Ming, age 53, Chairman of the Board of Directors, previously worked as the Managing Director of Mega7 Holding Sdn Bhd from 2017 to 2019, where he supervised the day-to-day operations of the company, managed delivery teams, and was directly responsible for business support functions as a head of the business. From 2012 to 2017, he was the Managing Director of M Academy International Sdn Bhd. With over 30 years of experience and hard work, he is a successful remarkable entrepreneur and a practical international market strategist.

Mr. Ng Chian Yin, age 32, MD of the Board of Directors, with ten years of experience in running a company’s core business, where he expanded his strategy skill with “New Thinking, New Creativity, and New Generation” to meet the new era of emerging financial technology in his career path. He has been the Marketing Director of his own company, Philocity Holdings Sdn Bhd since August 2019. He was the Senior Sales & Technology Manager at Milletique Technology Sdn Bhd from July 2018 to July 2019.

Mr. Jeffrey Wong Kah Mun, age 43, CEO of the Board of Directors, has over 18 years of exposure in the fields of health, beauty, wellness products, online and education. He previously worked as Chief Operating Officer at Linton University and three affiliated Institutes, Pertama Institute of Technology (ITP), Jati Institute, and International Institute of Science Mantin from 2017 to 2020, where he oversaw, developed, and expanded the built of Environment, Information Technology, Business & Accounting, and Applied & Visual Arts.

Ms. Tham Yee Wen, age 32, Secretary cum COO of the Company. She worked as Operations Director at KN Avenue Sdn Bhd from September 2018 to October 2020. She worked as the Personal Assistant to the Executive Director at Mega7 Holdings Sdn Bhd from September 2017 to August 2018. She also worked as a Sales Executive for meetings and events at the Berjaya Times Square Hotel, Kuala Lumpur from October 2015 to August 2017. She is responsible to oversee, develop and implement a proactive maintenance program for the company.

Ms. Boo Shi Huey, age 33, Treasurer of the Company. She worked at Philocity Holdings Sdn Bhd, as a Sr. Account Executive from February 2020 to the present. She worked as an Account Executive to Syarikat Elektrik Siang Sdn Bhd from October to December 2019. She previously worked as a Finance Executive cum Admin at Mega7 Holding Sdn Bhd from January 2019 to July 2019. She has extensive account experience, and is able to work at different perspectives and adjust workflow as change arises.

51

Table of Contents

Mr. Joseph Lanius, age 45, Founder and an executive producer of TCG and an executive producer of IQI, is an entertainment attorney who specializes in distribution, finance and production legal affairs. He also provides executive producing services to motion picture producers and production companies, offering consulting on financial structuring and investment, and direct distribution sources in the United States, China and the Middle East. Before entering private practice, Joseph served as Lead Counsel - Business & Legal Affairs for After Dark Films, where he was responsible for overseeing distribution and financial structuring for the After Dark Originals and After Dark Action slates as well as individual titles consisting of over 20 feature films. Prior to that, he was Director of Business & Legal Affairs for IM Global, where he focused on distribution for the various films IM Global represented including the PARANORMAL ACTIVITY and INSIDIOUS franchises as well as COMPANY MEN (Kevin Costner, Tommy Lee Jones), BULLET TO THE HEAD (Sylvester Stallone) and SAFE (Jason Statham). Since entering private practice, some of Joseph’s current and former clients include Sparkhouse Media, Benaroya Pictures, Mulberry Pictures, International Film Trust, QED International and Highland Film Group. A few of the pictures Joseph has helped bring to worldwide audiences include CELL (John Cusack, Samuel L. Jackson), 478 (Arnold Schwarzenegger) QUEEN OF THE DESERT (Nicole Kidman, James Franco, Robert Pattinson), FURY (Brad Pitt, David Ayers), DIRTY GRANDPA (Zac Efron, Robert DeNiro), TO THE BONE (Lilly Collins, Keanu Reeves), HOUR OF LEAD (Thomas Jane, Anne Heche), THE CARD COUNTER (Oscar Isaac, Tiffany Hadish, Tye Sheridan) and upcoming films CALL JANE (Elizabeth Banks, Sigourney Weaver, Kate Mara) and ASSASIN CLUB (Henry Golding, Noomi Rapace, Sam Neill). Joseph earned his B.A. from the University of North Texas and his J.D. from Southwestern Law School.

Mr. Nicholas Burnett, age 40, Co-founder and executive producer of TCG and an executive producer of IQI, is a media executive and transactional business lawyer focused on mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, private placement equity and debt offerings, secured lending, and a variety of commercial matters including licensing and general corporate counselling. He also regularly consults on financing and production matters in the entertainment industry, providing guidance on the formation of film funds, financing and distribution plans for single motion pictures and slates, and the development, financing and production of television series. From 2012 to 2018, Nicholas served as in-house counsel and head of development for New York based television production companies Brick City TV and Blowback Productions, where he oversaw business, legal and production matters for television programming produced for Viacom Networks, Discovery Communications, Participant Media/Pivot, and CNN/Turner Networks. Prior to that, Nicholas was an associate with national law firms White & Case LLP and Arent Fox LLP, where he assisted in representing clients on mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, business reorganizations and various structured financing and capital markets transactions. Nicholas earned his B.A. and J.D. from the University of Florida, where served as an editor of the Florida Law Review. His articles and presentations have been featured in several legal and financial publications including Thompson Reuters’ The M&A Lawyer, West Publishing Corporation’s Practical Law Company, and the New York Institute of Finance’s ExecSense series.

Ms. Khiow Hui Lim, age 48, Chief Strategic Officer, Co-founder and executive producer of TCG and IQI, hail from Melaka, Malaysia, Khiow Hui began her career at the Media Resources Center in Wichita, Kansas, which was a subsidiary and syndication station of The Discovery Channel. Starting as a production assistant, she rose to become a segment producer and eventually a full-fledged producer for the station. In 1997, Khiow Hui was hired by Fox Television Network (FOX 24/UPN), now a division of iHeart MEDIA, to produce and direct public service announcements (PSAs) for the Midwest region. In 2011, Khiow Hui founded iQiMedia that helps advertising agencies, new media companies and S&P 500 to create intuitive experiences for a diverse range of new emerging media. She has worked with global renown advertising agencies, new media companies and managed brands like AIG, AT&T, Toyota, Caesars Entertainment Corporation, Tencent, Apple, Sony Entertainment, Ogilvy, Dentsu and more. At IQI, she has managed feature film production, commercial and interactive development, budgets of up to $40 million and overseen union production crews of more than 80 people. A native of Malaysia, Khiow Hui holds a BA in Electronic Arts from Wichita State University. Khiow Hui also one of the core production team players at Miles Partnership for the VisitTheUSA.com—the official tourism bureau for the United States—helping to deliver tailored content for the both domestic and international Asian market. In 2016, Khiow Hui produced her first feature film, Alien Code, a sci-fi thriller starring Mary McCormack, Azura Skye, Richard Schiff and Kyle Gallner. Now available on most streaming platforms. Other Hollywood credits include projects like Sony PlayStation 2’s Rise to Honor–Jet Li, the SAG Awards’ Hollywood Hits Broadway segment and post-production editorial work on Resident Evil 5 & 6 and the Oscar-winning film Crash.

Ms. Charlene Logan Kelly, age 50, Chief Intellectual Officer, Executive producer of IQI, received her Business Degree from Mount Alison University in Canada, where she then worked in finance briefly. Having been a painter and artist most of her life, she decided to turn her attention towards art and completed the Animation Program at Algonquin College where she began her career in Toronto then moved to Los Angeles. Most of her career has been working in Feature Animation and for several studios, which included Warner Brothers, Fox Animation, and Dreamworks, on films such as All Dogs Go to Heaven 2, Space Jam, The Quest for Camelot, Anastasia, Prince of Egypt, El Dorado and Spirit: Stallion of the Cimarron. She had a short period as a Stop Motion animator for a CBC kids show called Poko and has had the privilege of working in most departments of the animation pipeline. She then went on to become the Associate Producer at a boutique studio in Los Angeles, managing and producing the studio projects, such as Iron Giant Signature Edition, Once Upon a Time Adventure (Snow White ride at Disneyland in Shanghai) and the Minion Mayhem Ride (Illumination ride at Universal), in collaboration with studios such as Warner Brothers, Walt Disney, ReelFX and Universal/NBC. She recently was the Producer on an independent CG Animated Feature Film, Next Gen, distributed by Netflix and Alibaba Pictures and is presently developing a couple of personal projects as well as the Feature Film spinoff of the popular TV Series, Mansour, created by Bidaya Media and backed by the Mubadala Investment Company.

52

Table of Contents

Ms. Amy Morton, age 48, Producer at IQI, began her career at Cowboy Pictures, a small New York City film distributor, where she assisted with sales and marketing for indie, foreign language and documentary films. She then relocated to Los Angeles, where she worked as a copywriter and eventually became the Manager of Marketing Communications for an ad agency serving healthcare clients such as Pfizer. From there, she returned to the film industry as the Assistant Manager for Editorial Services at MGM Home Entertainment, where she developed movie taglines, synopses and more for films such as Hotel Rwanda. Since 2005, Amy has freelanced for digital agencies serving Fortune Global 500 companies and helped clients – from entertainment to technology – craft the right messaging for their marketing, branding and web content initiatives.

Term of Office

Our director holds his position until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor is elected and qualified by our shareholders, or until earlier death, retirement, resignation or removal.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between the Company and any of our current and proposed directors or executive officers.

Legal Proceedings Involving Directors and Executive Officers

During the past ten years no current or incoming director, executive officer, promoter or control person of the Company has been involved in the following:

(1) A petition under the Federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law which was filed by or against, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer was appointed by a court for the business or property of such person, or any partnership in which he was a general partner at or within two years before the time of such filing, or any corporation or business association of which he was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing;

(2) Such person was convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

(3) Such person was the subject of any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining him from, or otherwise limiting, the following activities:

i. Acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage transaction merchant, any other person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or an associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in securities, or as an affiliated person, director or employee of any investment company, bank, savings and loan association or insurance company, or engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with such activity;

ii. Engaging in any type of business practice; or

iii. Engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or commodity or in connection with any violation of Federal or State securities laws or Federal commodities laws;

(4) Such person was the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any Federal or State authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than 60 days the right of such person to engage in any activity described in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

(5) Such person was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commission to have violated any Federal or State securities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated;

53

Table of Contents

(6) Such person was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated any Federal commodities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;

(7) Such person was the subject of, or a party to, any Federal or State judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of:

i. Any Federal or State securities or commodities law or regulation; Or

ii. Any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease and desist order, or removal or prohibition order; Or

iii. Any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; Or

(8) Such person was the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26))), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(29))), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

54

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The table below sets forth the positions and compensations for the officers and directors of WNLV, and for the officers and directors of TCG and IQI, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

PositionName of Officers or DirectorsYearSalary before taxBonusAll other compensationTotal
Chairman of the Board of DirectorsWan Nyuk Ming2021n/an/an/an/a
2020n/an/an/an/a
MD of the Board of DirectorsNg Chian Yin2021n/an/an/an/a
2020n/an/an/an/a
Chief Executive Officer and DirectorJeffrey Wong Kah Mun2021n/an/an/an/a
2020n/an/an/an/a
Secretary cum COOTham Yee Wen2021n/an/an/an/a
2020n/an/an/an/a
TreasurerBoo Shi Huey2021n/an/an/an/a
2020n/an/an/an/a
Founder and an executive producer of TCG and an executive producer of IQIJoseph Lanius2021n/an/an/an/a
2020n/an/an/an/a
Co-founder and executive producer of TCG and an executive producer of IQINicholas Burnett2021n/an/an/an/a
2020n/an/an/an/a
Co-founder and executive producer of TCG and IQIKhiow Hui Lim2021n/an/an/an/a
2020n/an/an/an/a
Executive producer of IQICharlene Logan Kelly2021n/an/an/an/a
2020n/an/an/an/a
Producer at IQIAmy Morton(1)2021n/an/an/an/a
2020n/an/an/an/a

(1)Independent contractors.

We do not have an audit or compensation committee comprised of independent directors as our Company qualifies for an exemption from these requirements. Indeed, we do not have any audit or compensation committee. These functions are performed by our Board of Directors as a whole.

All directors serve 1 yr. terms.

Related Party Transactions

The Company’s financing subsequent to the change of control on March 31, 2021 has come from the Winvest Group Cayman, an affiliate with the same name as the Company, and based in the Cayman Islands. As of December 31, 2021 the amount due to the Winvest Group Cayman was $241,314 which is being treated as an interest free demand loan.

55

Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our voting securities following the completion of the Reverse Merger, and the increase of the described in Items 1.01 of this report by (i) any person or group owning more than 5% of any class of voting securities, (ii) each director, (iii) our chief executive officer and (iv) all executive officers and directors of WNLV as a group as of June 30, 2022.

Name 

Number of

Shares of
Common Stock

  Percentage 
Jeffrey Wong Kah Mun (1)
50 West Liberty Street, Suite 880, Reno, Nevada 89501
  14,432,265   87.41%
Wan Nyuk Ming (1)
50 West Liberty Street, Suite 880, Reno, Nevada 89501
  0   0%
Ng Chian Yin (1)
50 West Liberty Street, Suite 880, Reno, Nevada 89501
  0   0%
Tham Yee Wen
50 West Liberty Street, Suite 880, Reno, Nevada 89501
  0   0%
Boo Shi Huey
50 West Liberty Street, Suite 880, Reno, Nevada 89501
  0   0%
Khiow Hui Lim  0(1)  0%
Charlene Logan Kelly  0   0%
All executives officers, directors, and beneficial ownership thereof as a group 7 people)  14,432,265   87.41%

(1)Issued 600,000 shares on or about May 16, 2022.

There are no other officer or director 5 % shareholders.

Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, each of the stockholders named in this table has sole or shared voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned. Except as set forth above, applicable percentages are based upon 17,411,217 shares of common stock outstanding.

56

Certain Relationships And Related Transactions

Except as described herein, none of the following parties (each a “Related Party”) has had any material interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction with us or in any presently proposed transaction that has or will materially affect us:

any of our directors or officers;

any person proposed as a nominee for election as a director;

any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, shares carrying more than 10% of the voting rights attached to our outstanding shares of common stock; or

any member of the immediate family (including spouse, parents, children, siblings and in- laws) of any of the above persons.

The Company’s financing subsequent to the change of control on March 31, 2021 has come from the Winvest Group Cayman, an affiliate with the same name as the Company, and based in the Cayman Islands. As of December 31, 2021 the amount due to the Winvest Group Cayman was $241,314 which is being treated as an interest free demand loan.

57

Description of Share Capital

We have authorized 4,500,000,000 shares of common stock with par value $0.001 per share. As at May 23, 2022, the Company has issued and outstanding 17,411,217 shares of common stock. We have authorized 300,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. As of June 30,2022, the Company has issued and outstanding 227,838,680 shares of preferred stock.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all of the directors then up for election. The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining which are available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision has been made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the common stock. Holders of shares of our common stock, as such, have no conversion, pre-emptive or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

The holders of our Series A preferred stock are entitled to 50 votes for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. The Series A preferred stock also convert into common stock at a rate of 50 for one. The holders of our preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefore. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of preferred stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining which are available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision has been made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the Series A preferred stock.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 78.138 of the NRS provides that a director or officer will not be individually liable unless it is proven that (i) the director’s or officer’s acts or omissions constituted a breach of his or her fiduciary duties, and (ii) such breach involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the law.

Section 78.7502 of NRS permits a company to indemnify its directors and officers against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding if the officer or director (i) is not liable pursuant to NRS 78.138 or (ii) acted in good faith and in a manner the officer or director reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, if a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of the officer or director was unlawful.

Section 78.751 of NRS permits a Nevada company to indemnify its officers and directors against expenses incurred by them in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding as they are incurred and in advance of final disposition thereof, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the officer or director to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such officer or director is not entitled to be indemnified by the company. Section 78.751 of NRS further permits the company to grant its directors and officers additional rights of indemnification under its articles of incorporation or bylaws or otherwise.

Section 78.752 of NRS provides that a Nevada company may purchase and maintain insurance or make other financial arrangements on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the company, or is or was serving at the request of the company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for any liability asserted against him and liability and expenses incurred by him in his capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the company has the authority to indemnify him against such liability and expenses. Our Bylaws provide that we may indemnify and advance litigation expenses to our directors, officers, employees and agents to the extent permitted by law, our Articles of Incorporation or our Bylaws, and shall indemnify and advance litigation expenses to our directors, officers, employees and agents to the extent required by law, our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws. Our obligations of indemnification, if any, shall be conditioned on receiving prompt notice of the claim and the opportunity to settle and defend the claim. We may, to the extent permitted by law, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who is or was our director, officer, employee or agent.

58

Indemnification against Public Policy

Insofar as indemnification by us for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling the company pursuant to provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification by such director, officer or controlling person of us in the successful defence of any action, suit or proceeding is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being offered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The effect of indemnification may be to limit the rights of the Company and the shareholders (through shareholders’ derivative suits on behalf of the Company) to recover monetary damages and expenses against a director for breach of fiduciary duty.

59

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Common Shares in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our Common Shares to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Following this offering, the Common Shares that were not offered and sold in our initial public offering are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

These restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market under Rule 144 one year following the filing of our Form 8-K on May 16, 2022.

Rule 144

Sales of our Common Stock under Rule 144 could reduce the price of our stock. There are 15,426,046 issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock held by affiliates that Rule 144 of the Securities Act defines as restricted securities.

These shares will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144. In general, persons holding restricted securities, including affiliates, must hold their shares for a period of at least nine months, may not sell more than 1.0% of the total issued and outstanding shares in any 90-day period, and must resell the shares in an unsolicited brokerage transaction at the market price. The availability for sale of substantial amounts of Common Stock under Rule 144 could reduce prevailing market prices for our securities. 

WE URGE POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR SHARES TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS
CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING,
OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR SHARES.

60

Plan of Distribution

The Company is also offering up to a total of 125,000,000 shares of common stock in a best-efforts, direct public offering, without any involvement of underwriters. The offering price is $1.50 per share. The offering will terminate 365 days from the date of this prospectus or when all of the Shares are sold, whichever comes first. We also have the right to terminate this offering at any time prior to the expiration of the offering period. We will use our best efforts to sell as many shares as possible up to the maximum offering amount of 125,000,000 shares. This is no minimum offering amount. We may accept or reject any subscription amount from any investor in our sole discretion or we may accept only part of a subscription amount. Expenses related to the offering are estimated to be $50,000.

We will sell the shares in this offering exclusively through our officers and directors. They will receive no commission from the sale of any shares by the Company. They will not register as a broker/dealer under the 1934 Act in reliance upon Rule 3a4-1 under the 1934 Act. They may rely upon Rule 3a4-1 because (i) they are not subject to any statutory disqualifications, as defined in Section 3(a)(39) of the 1934 Act, (ii) they will not be compensated in connection with the sale of the Company’s securities by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on transactions in the securities, (iii) they are not associated persons of a broker or dealer, (iv) they will primarily perform, at the end of the offering, substantial duties for or on behalf of the Company, otherwise than in connection with transactions in securities, (v) they were not a broker or dealer, or an associated person thereof, within the preceding 12 months, (vi) they do not participate in selling an offering of securities for any issuer more than once every 12 months, except in reliance on (iv) and (v) above. The Company will register as the issuer-agent in those states requiring such registration.

We anticipate that our common stock will continue to be subject to the penny stock rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These rules regulate broker/dealer practices for transactions in “penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00 (other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or quoted on the Nasdaq system, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system).

A purchaser is purchasing penny stock that limits the ability to sell the stock. The shares offered by this prospectus constitute penny stock under the Securities and Exchange Act. The shares will remain penny stocks for the foreseeable future. The classification of penny stock makes it more difficult for a broker-dealer to sell the stock into a secondary market, which makes it more difficult for a purchaser to liquidate his/her investment. Any broker-dealer engaged by the purchaser for the purpose of selling his or her shares in us will be subject to Rules 15g-1 through 15g-10 of the Securities and Exchange Act. Rather than creating a need to comply with those rules, some broker-dealers will refuse to attempt to sell penny stock.

$5.00. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules,broker/dealers to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document which:

-Contains a description of the nature and level of risk in the market for penny stock in both Public offerings and secondary trading;
-Contains a description of the broker’s or dealer’s duties to the customer and of the rights and remedies available to the customer with respect to a violation of such duties or other requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended;
-Contains a brief, clear, narrative description of a dealer market, including “bid” and “ask” price for the penny stock and the significance of the spread between the bid and ask price;
-Contains a toll-free number for inquiries on disciplinary actions;
-Defines significant terms in the disclosure document or in the conduct of trading penny stocks; and
-Contains such other information and is in such form (including language, type, size and format) as the Securities and Exchange Commission shall require by rule or regulation.
-The broker-dealer also must provide, prior to effecting any transaction in a penny stock, to the customer:
-The bid and offer quotations for the penny stock;
-The compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction;
-The number of shares to which such bid and ask prices apply, or other comparable information relating to the depth and liquidity of the market for such stock; and
-Monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account.

that provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny stock market. The broker/dealer must also provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker/dealer and its salesperson and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account. The bid and offer quotations and the broker/dealer and salesperson compensation information must be given to the customer orally or in writing prior to completing the transaction and must be given to the customer in writing before or with the customer’s confirmation. In addition, the penny stock rules require that prior to a transaction, in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules; the broker-dealerbroker and/or dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written acknowledgement of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement, a written agreement to transactions involvingthe transaction. The transaction costs associated with penny stocks and a signed and dated copyare high, reducing the number of a written suitability statement.broker-dealers who may be willing to engage in the trading of our shares. These additional penny stock disclosure requirements will have the effectare burdensome and may reduce all of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock. As long as the common stock becauseis subject to the penny stock rules, holders of our common stock may find it more difficult to sell their shares.

Our officers and directors may purchase shares in this offering; however any such purchases will be held for investment purposes only and they will be subject to Regulation M and will act accordingly, including through filing the notice and information relating to distributions subject to Regulation M under Rule 5190, Rule 6275(f) and the trade reporting rules. They shall file all notices related to these penny stock rules. Therefore, stockholdersrules with FINRA’s Market Regulation Department electronically through the FINRA Firm Gateway.

In certain states the Shares may not be sold unless the Shares have difficulty selling their securities.been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.

REPORTS

61

Procedures for Subscribing

If you decide to subscribe for any Shares in this offering, please make:

Direct Deposit:

Winvest Group Limited

Address: 50 West Liberty Street Suite 880, Reno, NV 89501

Nature of Business: Motion picture and video production

 

Cathay Bank

Bank Address: San Gabriel Branch, 825 E Valley Blvd, San Gabriel, CA 91776

Chase ABA Routing/Transit Number:#: 122203950

Account Number#: 7081782

SWIFT Code: CATHUS6L

All checks for subscriptions must be made payable to “Winvest Group Ltd.”.

Right to Reject Subscriptions

We have the right to accept or reject subscriptions in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason. All monies from rejected subscriptions will be returned immediately by us to the subscriber, without interest or deductions. Subscriptions for shares will be accepted or rejected within five business days after we receive them. Furthermore, once a subscription agreement is accepted, it will be executed without reconfirmation to or from the subscriber. Once WNLV accepts a subscription, the subscriber cannot withdraw it unless otherwise dictated by state law.

62

Legal Matters

The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock will be passed upon for the company by Matthew McMurdo, Esq. Counsel has additionally consented to his opinion being included as an exhibit to this filing. Additionally, counsel has consented to being named in the prospectus.

The legal counsel that passed their opinion on the legality of these securities is:

McMurdo Law Group, LLC

Matthew McMurdo, Esq.

1185 Avenue of the Americas, 3rd Floor New York, NY 10036

Experts

The audited financial statements of TCG as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are subjectappended to certain reporting requirementsthis report beginning on page F-1. The audited financial statements of TCG as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were audited by BF Borgers CPA PC.

The audited financial statements of IQI as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are appended to this report beginning on page F-8. The audited financial statements of IQI as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were audited by BF Borgers CPA PC.

Where You Can Find Additional Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the Common Shares offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently file periodic reports with the SEC. We will furnishcontinue to file periodic reports (including an annual financialreport on Form 10-K, which we will be required to file within 90 days from the end of each fiscal year, and Form 10-Q, which we will be required to file within 45 days of the end of each fiscal quarter), and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, to our stockholders, certified by our independent accountants,proxy and will furnish un-audited quarterly financial reports in our quarterly reports filedinformation statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. All reportsThe address of the website is http://www.sec.gov.

63

WINVEST GROUP LTD.

The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC

Index to the Financial Statements

Financial Statement (audited)Page(s)
Report of Registered Independent Public Accounting FirmF-2
Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020F-3
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020F-4
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020F-5
Notes to the Financial StatementsF-6

Financial Statement (unaudited)
Balance Sheets at March 31, 2022 and December 31 2021F-8
Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021F-9
Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and March 31 2021F-10

Notes to the Financial Statements

F-11

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the shareholders and information filedthe board of directors of The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a significant accumulated deficit. In addition, the Company continues to experience negative cash flows from operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by us can be found atmanagement, as well as evaluating the SEC website,www.sec.gov.overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BF Borgers CPA PC

BF Borgers CPA PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022

Lakewood, CO

May 12, 2022

F-2

THE CATALYST GROUP ENTERTAINMENT, LLC

BALANCE SHEETS

       
  December 31,  December 31, 
  2021  2020 
ASSETS        
Current assets        
Cash $4,726   4,726 
Total current assets  4,726   4,726 
Total Assets $4,726   4,726 
         
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT        
Current liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $-  $- 
Due to related party      - 
Total current liabilities  -   - 
Total liabilities  -   - 
         
Members’ Equity  4,726   4,726 
Total Liabilities and Members’ Deficit $4,726  $4,726 

 

STOCK TRANSFER AGENTThe accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

THE CATALYST GROUP ENTERTAINMENT, LLC

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

       
  Year Ended  Year Ended 
  December 31,  December 31, 
  2021  2020 
Revenue $-  $- 
Production cost  -   - 
Gross profit  -   - 
         
Operating expenses:        
Administrative expenses  -   30,374 
Total operating expenses  -   30,374 
Net loss  -   (30,374)
         
Members equity -beginning of year $4,726  $35,100 
Distribution to members  -   - 
Members deficit -end of year $4,726  $4,726 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

THE CATALYST GROUP ENTERTAINMENT, LLC

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

       
  Year Ended  Year Ended 
  December 31,  December 31, 
  2021  2020 
Cash flows used in operating activities        
Net loss $-  $(30,374)
Changes in assets and liabilities        
Prepaid expenses  -     
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  -     
Net cash used in operating activities  -   (30,374)
         
Cash flows provided used by financing activities        
Distributions to members  -   - 
Proceeds from member contributions  -   35,100 
Net cash provided used by financing activities  -   35,100 
         
Net increase (decrease) in cash  -   4,726 
Cash, beginning of period  4,726   - 
Cash, end of period $4,726  $4,726 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

THE CATALYST GROUP ENTERTAINMENT, LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC (the Company or “TCG”) was formed in Delaware on April 1, 2019. TCG is media debt financing company intending to focus on opportunities comprised of global emerging film, television and media projects. Except for limited activity the Company has been dormant since inception. The Company is preparing to commence operations with a soft launch in May 2022.

The Company’s transfer agentyear-end is OTR, Inc., located at 1001 SW 5th Avenue, Suite 1550, Portland, OR 97205, telephone: (503) 225-0375, fax: 503-273-9168 December 31.

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The Transfer Agent is registered underaccompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the appropriate regulatory authorityFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) “FASB Accounting Standard Codification™” (the “Codification”) which is the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our fiscal year-end is May 31. We intendsource of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to providebe applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements audited by an Independent Registered Accounting Firm to our shareholders in our annual reports. The audited financial statements forconformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the period ended May 31, 2011 and May 31, 2012 and the Quarterly period ended August 31, 2012 immediately follow.United States.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATIONGoing Concern

The following discussion and analysis is intended as a review of significant factors affecting our financial condition and results of operations for the periods indicated.  The discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes presented herein.  In addition to historical information, the following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ significantly from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors discussed in this annual report.

MANAGEMENT’S PLAN OF OPERATION

The following discussion of our financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of operations for the period ended May 31, 2012.

The analysis of new business opportunities will be undertaken by or under the supervision of the officers and directors of the Company. The Company has unrestricted flexibility in seeking, analyzing and participating in potential business opportunities.The Company aspires to be a fully reporting company by the end of the 4th quarter 2012.

GOING CONCERN

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern.

The futureconcern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business for the twelve months following the date of these financial statements. As of December 31, 2021, the Company is dependent upon its abilityhad $4,726 in cash and Members Equity of $4,726.

Because the Company does not expect that existing operational cash flow will be sufficient to obtain financing and upon future profitablefund presently anticipated operations, from the development of its new business opportunities. Management has plans to seek additional capital through a private placement and this public offering of its common stock. These conditions raiseraises substantial doubt about the Company'sCompany’s ability to continue as a going concern. TheseTherefore, the Company will need to raise additional funds and is currently exploring alternative sources of financing. The Company will be required to continue to do so until its operations become profitable. There can be no assurance that such additional financing will be available to the Company on acceptable terms or at all.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements doin conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates relate to income taxes and contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, known or expected trends, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable given the quality of information available as of the date of these financial statements. The results of these assumptions provide the basis for making estimates about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not include any adjustmentsreadily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. On December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the Company’s cash equivalents totaled $4,726 and $4,726 respectively.

F-6

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. Under FASB ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Under FASB ASC 740, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. FASB ASC 740-10-05, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.

The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company assesses the validity of its conclusions regarding uncertain tax positions quarterly to determine if facts or circumstances have arisen that might arise from this uncertainty.cause it to change its judgment regarding the likelihood of a tax position’s sustainability under audit.

Net Loss per Share

Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period as defined by Financial Accounting Standards, ASC Topic 260, “Earnings per Share.” Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that impact the Company’s operations.

NOTE 4 – EQUITY

The Company operates as a limited liability company. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance of the Members’ Deficit was $4,726 and $4,726.

NOTE 5 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company did not have any contractual commitments as of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.

NOTE 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In accordance with FASB ASC 855-10, Subsequent Events, the Company has analyzed its operations subsequent to December 31, 2021 to the date these condensed consolidated financial statements were issued, and has determined that it does not have any material subsequent events to disclose in these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-7

THE CATALYST GROUP ENTERTAINMENT, LLC

BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

         
  March 31,  December 31, 
  2022  2021 
ASSETS        
Current assets        
Cash $1,670  $4,726 
Total current assets  1,670   4,726 
Total Assets $1,670  $4,726 
         
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT        
Current liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $-  $- 
Due to related party  -     
Total current liabilities  -   - 
Total liabilities  -   - 
         
Members’ Equity  1,670   4,726 
Total Liabilities and Members’ Deficit $1,670  $4,726 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets, or the amounts of and classification of liabilities that might be necessary in the event the Company cannot continue in existence.statements.

 

RESULTS

F-8

THE CATALYST GROUP ENTERTAINMENT, LLC

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

For the year-ended May 31, 2012 compared to the period ended May 31, 2011.

         
  Three months  Three months 
  ended  ended 
  March 31,  March 31, 
  2022  2021 
Revenue $-  $- 
Production cost  -   - 
Gross profit  -   - 
         
Operating expenses:        
Administrative expenses  3,056   - 
Total operating expenses  3,056   - 
Net loss  (3,056)  - 
         
Members equity -beginning of the period  4,726   4,726 
         
Distribution to members  -   - 
         
Members deficit -end of the period $1,670  $4,726 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-9

THE CATALYST GROUP ENTERTAINMENT, LLC,

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

         
  Three months  Three months 
  ended  ended 
  March 31,  March 31, 
  202  2021 
         
Cash flows used in operating activities        
Net loss $(3,056) $- 
Net cash used in operating activities  (3,056)  - 
         
Cash flows provided used by financing activities        
Distributions to members  -   - 
Proceeds from member contributions  -   - 
Net cash provided used by financing activities  -   - 
         
Net increase (decrease) in cash  (3,056)  - 
Cash, beginning of period  4,726   4,726 
Cash, end of period $1,670  $4,726 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

At May 31, 2012, we have generated no operating revenue. We earned $103,770.00 in revenues during the twelve-month period ended May 31, 2011. No revenues were earned during the three months ended August 31, 2012.

F-10

 

Operating expensesTHE CATALYST GROUP ENTERTAINMENT, LLC

(UNAUDITED) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2022

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC (the Company or “TCG”) was formed in Delaware on April 1, 2019. TCG is media debt financing company intending to focus on opportunities comprised of global emerging film, television and media projects. Except for limited activity the twelve months endedCompany has been dormant since inception. The Company is preparing to commence operations with a soft launch in May 31, 2012 totaled $2,340.00. For the three months ended August 31, 2012, operating expenses totaled $79,156. 2022.

The increase was primarily due to increased professional fees for filing and other professional expenses associatedCompany’s year-end is December 31.

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the merger with WSVPA.

We incurred a net lossFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) “FASB Accounting Standard Codification™” (the “Codification”) which is the source of $6,270.00 duringauthoritative accounting principles recognized by the twelve month period ended May 31, 2012, as comparedFASB to a gain of $103,770.00 for the same period ended May 31, 2011. During the three month period ended August 31, 2012, the Company incurred a net loss of $79,156.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

During the twelve months ended May 31, 2012 we experienced negative cash flow of $2,340.00 from operating activities. We recognized positive cash flow from financing activities, relating to contributions to capital, proceeds from share issuance, repayments to and conversion from related party loans,be applied by nongovernmental entities in the amountpreparation of $103,770.00 duringfinancial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the same period ended May 31, 2011. We experienced negative cash flow of $7,250 for the three months ended August 31, 2012.United States.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern.concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business for the twelve months following the date of these financial statements. As of March 31, 2022, the Company had $1,670 in cash and Members Equity of $1,670.

PROPOSED MILESTONES TO IMPLEMENT BUSINESS OPERATIONS

(Phase 1) We intendBecause the Company does not expect that existing operational cash flow will be sufficient to seek investment equityfund presently anticipated operations, this raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Therefore, the Company will need to raise additional funds and financingis currently exploring alternative sources of financing. The Company will be required to construct one Production Plant by the end of the first year. We have built the financial proformas around this scenario, whichcontinue to do so until its operations become profitable. There can be no assurance that such additional financing will be available after appropriate NDAsto the Company on acceptable terms or at all.

Management’s Representation of Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company without audit pursuant to the rules and Lettersregulations of Intentthe Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Certain information and disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted as allowed by such rules and regulations, and management believes that the disclosures are signed.adequate to make the information presented not misleading. These consolidated financial statements include all of the adjustments, which in the opinion of management are necessary to a fair presentation of financial position and results of operations. All such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates relate to income taxes and contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, known or expected trends, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable given the quality of information available as of the date of these financial statements. The results of these assumptions provide the basis for making estimates about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

F-11

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. On March 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, the Company’s cash equivalents totaled $1,670 and $4,726 respectively.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. Under FASB ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Under FASB ASC 740, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. FASB ASC 740-10-05, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.

The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company assesses the validity of its conclusions regarding uncertain tax positions quarterly to determine if facts or circumstances have arisen that might cause it to change its judgment regarding the likelihood of a tax position’s sustainability under audit.

Net Loss per Share

Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period as defined by Financial Accounting Standards, ASC Topic 260, “Earnings per Share.” Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that impact the Company’s operations.

NOTE 4 – EQUITY

The Company operates as a limited liability company. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the balance of the Members’ Deficit was $1,670 and $4,726, respectively.

NOTE 5 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company did not have any contractual commitments as of March 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021.

NOTE 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In accordance with FASB ASC 855-10, Subsequent Events, the Company has analyzed its operations subsequent to March 31, 2022 to the date these condensed consolidated financial statements were issued, and has determined that it does not have any material subsequent events to disclose in these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-12

IQI Media, Inc.

Index to the Financial Statements

Financial Statement (audited)Page(s)
Report of Registered Independent Public Accounting FirmF-14
Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020F-15
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020F-16
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020F-17

Financial Statement (unaudited)

Balance Sheets at March 31, 2022 and December 31 2021F-21
Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021F-22
Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and March 31 2021F-23

Notes to the Financial Statements

F-24

F-13

 

(Phase 2) Starting with Year 2,Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the shareholders and the board of directors of IQI Media, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of IQI Media, Inc. as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then hasended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the optionUnited States.

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to 1) constructContinue as a second Production Plant andGoing Concern

The accompanying financial statements have itbeen prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in full production by the end of theNote 2nd year; 2) focus on setting up license agreements for building PVA Machines to be shipped to other countries, such as Thailand (where much of Asia’s and US plastics are produced and for which we have direct access to the main companies involved); or 3)financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a combinationsignificant accumulated deficit. In addition, the Company continues to experience negative cash flows from operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the two.

Company Structure: The Founders have set up a Hong Kong based Holding Company, along with a Marketing Company (Hong Kong) and Production Company (China.) utilizing their own funds. Approximately $400,000 was expended on this effort during 2011 and $156,000 during the current year. This structure is designed to maximize the return of investment and flexibilityresponsibility of the Company’s operation, while minimizing taxesmanagement. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and creating zero riskare required to be independent with respect to the holdingCompany in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BF Borgers CPA PC

BF Borgers CPA PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022

Lakewood, CO

May 12, 2022

F-14

IQI MEDIA INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

       
  December 31,  December 31, 
  2021  2020 
ASSETS        
Current assets        
Cash $1,836  $79 
Prepaid expenses  2,637   2,637 
Total current assets  4,473   2,716 
Total Assets $4,473  $2,716 
         
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT        
Current liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $12,065  $10,244 
Due to related party  51,550   26,500 
Total current liabilities  63,615   36,744 
Total liabilities  63,615   36,744 
         
Members’ Deficit  (59,142)  (34,028)
Total Liabilities and Members’ Deficit $4,473  $2,716 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-15

IQI MEDIA INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

       
  Year Ended  Year Ended 
  December 31,  December 31, 
  2021  2020 
Revenue $11,363  $6,659 
Production cost  309   315 
Gross profit  11,054   6,344 
         
Operating expenses:        
Administrative expenses  31,852   34,723 
Total operating expenses  31,852   34,723 
Net loss  (20,798)  (28,380)
         
Members deficit -beginning of year  (34,028)  (1,269)
Distribution to members  (4,316)  (4,380)
Members deficit -end of year  (59,142)  (34,028)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-16

IQI MEDIA INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

       
  Year Ended  Year Ended 
  December 31,  December 31, 
  2021  2020 
Cash flows used in operating activities        
Net loss $(20,798) $(28,380)
Changes in assets and liabilities        
Prepaid expenses  -   (2,637)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  1,821   (6,750)
Net cash used in operating activities  (18,976)  (37,767)
         
Cash flows provided used by financing activities        
Distributions to members  (4,316)  (4,380)
Proceeds from related party loans  25,050   39,100 
Net cash provided used by financing activities  20,734   34,720 
         
Net increase (decrease) in cash  1,758   (3,047)
Cash, beginning of period  79   3,127 
Cash, end of period $1,836  $79 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-17

IQI MEDIA INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

IQI Media Inc.(“the Company”) is a women-owned, California Sub-S Corporation incorporated in February 2017. Previously the Company operated as a sole proprietorship from 2010-2016. The Company is a full-service content creation, film and advertising production company whenlocated in the subsidiaries are merged in.City of Pasadena, California. The MarketingCompany manages all aspects of a multi-languages project throughout its life cycle from conception and strategy to design, development and delivery.

The Company’s year-end is December 31.

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) “FASB Accounting Standard Codification™” (the “Codification”) which is the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business for the twelve months following the date of these financial statements. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $1,836 in cash and an accumulated deficit of $59,142.

Because the Company does not expect that existing operational cash flow will be sufficient to fund presently anticipated operations, this raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Therefore, the Company will need to raise additional funds and is currently exploring alternative sources of financing. Historically, the Company has been solely financed by its CEO. The Company will be responsiblerequired to buildcontinue to do so until its operations become profitable. There can be no assurance that such additional financing will be available to the brand, secure global contractsCompany on acceptable terms or at all.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates relate to income taxes and contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, known or expected trends, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable given the quality of information available as of the date of these financial statements. The results of these assumptions provide the basis for making estimates about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are accounted for in accordance with the FASB’s Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).

The Company derives revenue by providing content creation and advertising services to major corporations

F-18

The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for the sale ofproducts and/or services. To achieve this principle, the PVA Film and products. The Production Company in China, will be responsible forapplies the manufacturing of the PVA Film machines and production of the PVA Film. In future phases, this Company will produce PVA Film Machines to be licensed outside of China, beginning with North America.following five steps:

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1.Identify the contract with the customer;

 

A.2.BASIS OF ACCOUNTINGIdentify the performance obligations in the contract;

3.Determine the transaction price;

4.Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract, and

5.Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

 

NatureThe Company recognizes revenue when the services have been completed.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of Businessthree months or less to be cash equivalents. On December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the Company’s cash equivalents totaled $1,836 and $79 respectively.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. Under FASB ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Under FASB ASC 740, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. FASB ASC 740-10-05, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.

The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company assesses the validity of its conclusions regarding uncertain tax positions quarterly to determine if facts or circumstances have arisen that might cause it to change its judgment regarding the likelihood of a tax position’s sustainability under audit.

Net Loss per Share

Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period as defined by Financial Accounting Standards, ASC Topic 260, “Earnings per Share.” Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that impact the Company’s operations.

NOTE 3 – RELATED PARTY LOANS

As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 the balance of related party loans was $51,550 and $26,500, respectively. These loan have been provided to the Company on an free demand basis, by the Company’s CEO.

F-19

NOTE 4 – EQUITY

The Company operates as a Sub-Chapter S corporation. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance of the Members’ Deficit was $59,142 and $34,028.

NOTE 5 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company did not have any contractual commitments as of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.

NOTE 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In accordance with FASB ASC 855-10, Subsequent Events, the Company has analyzed its operations subsequent to December 31, 2021 to the date these condensed consolidated financial statements were issued, and has determined that it does not have any material subsequent events to disclose in these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-20

IQI MEDIA INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

(unaudited)

       
  March 31,  December 31, 
  2022  2021 
ASSETS        
Current assets        
Cash $1,512  $1,836 
Prepaid expenses  2,637   2,637 
Total current assets  4,150   4,473 
Total Assets $4,150  $4,473 
         
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT        
Current liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $11,872  $12,065 
Due to related party  58,350   51,550 
Total current liabilities  70,222   63,615 
Total liabilities  70,222   63,615 
         
Members’ deficit  (66,073)  (59,142)
Total Liabilities and Members’ deficit $4,150  $4,473 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

Zyrox Mining International,

F-21

IQI MEDIA INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(unaudited)

       
  Three Months  Three Months 
  Year Ended  Year Ended 
  March 31,  March 31, 
  2022  2021 
Revenue $800  $4,855 
Production cost  -   174 
Gross profit  800   4,681 
         
Operating expenses:        
Administrative expenses  6,831   7,137 
Total operating expenses  6,831   7,137 
Net loss  (6,031)  (2,456)
         
Members deficit -beginning of the period  (59,142)  (34,028)
         
Distribution to members  (900)  (1,100)
         
Members deficit -end of the period $(66,073) $(37,585)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-22

IQI MEDIA INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(unaudited)

       
  Three months  Three months 
  ended  ended 
  March 31,  March 31, 
  2022  2022 
         
Cash flows used in operating activities        
Net loss $(6,031) $(2,456)
Changes in assets and liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  (193)  104 
Net cash used in operating activities  (6,224)  (2,352)
         
Cash flows provided used by financing activities        
Distributions to members  (900)  (1,100)
Proceeds from related party loans  6,800   4,500 
Net cash provided used by financing activities  5,900   3,400 
         
Net increase (decrease) in cash  (324)  1,048 
Cash, beginning of period  1,836   79 
Cash, end of period $1,512  $1,126 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-23

IQI MEDIA INC

NOTES TO (UNAUDITED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2022

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

IQI Media Inc.(“the Company”) is a women-owned, California Sub-S Corporation incorporated in February 2017. Previously the Company operated as a sole proprietorship from 2010-2016. The Company is a full-service content creation, film and advertising production company located in the City of Pasadena, California. The Company manages all aspects of a multi-languages project throughout its life cycle from conception and strategy to design, development and delivery.

The Company’s year-end is December 31.

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) “FASB Accounting Standard Codification™” (the “Codification”) which is the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business for the twelve months following the date of these financial statements. As of March 31, 2022, the Company had $1,512 in cash and an accumulated deficit of $66,073.

Because the Company does not expect that existing operational cash flow will be sufficient to fund presently anticipated operations, this raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Therefore, the Company will need to raise additional funds and is currently exploring alternative sources of financing. Historically, the Company has been solely financed by its CEO. The Company will be required to continue to do so until its operations become profitable. There can be no assurance that such additional financing will be available to the Company on acceptable terms or at all.

Management’s Representation of Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company without audit pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Certain information and disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted as allowed by such rules and regulations, and management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. These consolidated financial statements include all of the adjustments, which in the opinion of management are necessary to a fair presentation of financial position and results of operations. All such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates relate to income taxes and contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, known or expected trends, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable given the quality of information available as of the date of these financial statements. The results of these assumptions provide the basis for making estimates about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

F-24

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are accounted for in accordance with the FASB’s Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).

The Company derives revenue by providing content creation and advertising services to major corporations

The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for the products and/or services. To achieve this principle, the Company applies the following five steps:

1.Identify the contract with the customer;

2.Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

3.Determine the transaction price;

4.Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract, and

5.Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

The Company recognizes revenue when the services have been completed.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. On March 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, the Company’s cash equivalents totaled $1,512 and $1,836 respectively.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. Under FASB ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Under FASB ASC 740, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. FASB ASC 740-10-05, ��Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.

The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company assesses the validity of its conclusions regarding uncertain tax positions quarterly to determine if facts or circumstances have arisen that might cause it to change its judgment regarding the likelihood of a tax position’s sustainability under audit.

Net Loss per Share

Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period as defined by Financial Accounting Standards, ASC Topic 260, “Earnings per Share.” Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that impact the Company’s operations.

F-25

NOTE 3 – RELATED PARTY LOANS

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 the balance of related party loans was $58,350 and $51,550 respectively. These loan have been provided to the Company on an free demand basis, by the Company’s CEO.

NOTE 4 – EQUITY

The Company operates as a Sub-Chapter S corporation. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the balance of the Members’ Deficit was $66,073 and $59,142, respectively.

NOTE 5 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company did not have any contractual commitments as of March 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021.

NOTE 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In accordance with FASB ASC 855-10, Subsequent Events, the Company has analyzed its operations subsequent to March 31, 2022 to the date these condensed consolidated financial statements were issued, and has determined that it does not have any material subsequent events to disclose in these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-26

WINVEST GROUP LTD.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statement (audited)Page(s)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-28
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2021 and May 31, 2021F-29
Statements of Operations for the Seven Months Ended December 31, 2021 and the Year Ended May 31, 2021F-30
Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Seven Months Ended December 31, 2021 and the Year Ended May 31, 2021F-31
Statements of Cash Flows for the Seven Months Ended December 31, 2021 and the Year Ended May 31, 2021F-32
Notes to the Financial StatementsF-33

Financial Statement (unaudited)Page
Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021F-38
Statements of Operations for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2022 and 2021F-39
Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Three Months and Six Months Ended June 30, 2022 and 2021F-40
Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2022 and 2021F-41
Notes to Financial StatementsF-42

F-27

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the shareholders and the board of directors of
Winvest Group Ltd.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Winvest Group Ltd. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021, May 31, 2021 and May 31, 2020, the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021, May 31, 2021 and May 31, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company’s minimal activities raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

Critical audit matters are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. We determined that there are no critical audit matters.

/s/ BF Borgers CPA PC

BF Borgers CPA PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020

Lakewood, CO

March 24, 2022

F-28

WINVEST GROUP LTD.

BALANCE SHEETS

          
  Seven       
  Months Ended  Year Ended  Year Ended 
  December 31,  May 31,  May 31, 
  2021  2021  2020 
ASSETS         
Total Assets $-  $-  $- 
          
LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT            
Current liabilities            
Accounts payable $5,961  $-  $- 
Notes payable-related party  108,561   32,298   26,220 
Total current liabilities  114,522   32,298   26,220 
Total liabilities  114,522   32,298   26,220 
             
Commitments and Contingencies  -    -    -  
             
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT            
Preferred stock Series A, $0.001 par value 300,000,000, shares authorized, 227,838,680, 300,000,000 and 855,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021, May 31, 2021 and May 31, 2020, respectively  227,839   300,000   855 
Common stock, Par Value $0.001, 4,500,000,000 shares authorized, 16,513,983, 2,081,719 and 2078,299 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021, May 31, 2021 and May 31, 2020  16,514   2,082   2,079 
Additional paid in capital  101,134,769   101,077,040   98,848,084 
Accumulated Deficit  (101,493,644)  (101,411,420)  (98,877,238)
Total Stockholders’ (Deficit)  (114,522)  (32,298)  (26,220)
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit $-  $-  $- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-29

WINVEST GROUP LTD.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

          
  Seven       
  Months Ended  Year Ended  Year Ended 
  December 31,  May 31,  May 31, 
  2021  2021  2020 
Revenue $-  $-  $- 
             
Operating expenses:            
Administrative expenses - related party  82,224   2,534,182   26,220 
Total operating expenses  82,224   2,534,182   26,220 
             
Loss from operations  (82,224)  (2,534,182)  (26,220)
             
Other expenses:            
Other expenses, net  -   -   - 
             
Net loss $(82,224) $(2,534,182) $(26,220)
             
Basic and diluted loss per common share $(0.01) $(1.22) $(0.01)
             
Weighted average number of shares outstanding  14,432,264   2,078,817   2,078,299 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-30

WINVEST GROUP LTD.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

                             
  Preferred Stock  Common Stock  Additional
Paid-In
  Accumulated    
  Shares  Value  Shares  Value  Capital  Deficit  Total 
Balance, May 31, 2019  855,000  $855   2,078,299  $2,079  $98,848,084  $(98,851,018) $- 
                             
Net loss  -    -    -    -    -    (26,220)  (26,220)
                             
Balance, May 31, 2020  855,000  $855   2,078,299  $2,079  $98,848,084  $(98,877,238) $(26,220)
                             
Conversion of common stock to preferred stock  (855,000)  (855)  3,420   3   852       - 
                             
Issuance of preferred stock in connection with the satisfaction of related party debt  300,000,000   300,000           (290,000)      10,000 
                             
Stock-based compensation                  2,469,659       2,469,659 
                             
Forgiveness of related party debt in connection with the change of control                  48,445       48,445 
                             
Net loss  -    -    -    -    -    (2,534,182)  (2,534,182)
                             
Balance, May 31, 2021  300,000,000  $300,000   2,081,719  $2,082  $101,077,040  $(101,411,420) $(32,298)

  Preferred Stock  Common Stock  Additional
Paid-In
  Accumulated    
  Shares  Value  Shares  Value  Capital  Deficit  Total 
Balance, May 31, 2021  300,000,000  $300,000   2,081,719  $2,082  $101,077,040  $(101,411,420) $(32,298)
                             
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock  (72,161,320)  (72,161)  14,432,264   14,432   57,729       - 
                             
Net loss  -    -    -    -    -    (82,224)  (82,224)
                             
Balance, December 31, 2021  227,838,680  $227,839  16,513,983 $16,514  $101,134,769 $(101,493,644) $(114,522)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-31

WINVEST GROUP LTD.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

             
  Seven       
  Months Ended  Year Ended  Year Ended 
  December 31,  May 31,  May 31, 
  2021  2021  2020 
Cash flows used in operating activities            
Net loss $(82,224) $(2,534,182) $(26,220)
Changes in assets and liabilities            
Accounts payable  5,961   -   - 
Net cash used in operating activities  (76,263)  (2,534,182)  (26,220)
             
Cash flows provided (used) in investing activities            
Net cash provided (used) in investing activities  -   -   - 
             
Cash flows provided used by financing activities            
Proceeds from related party loans  76,263   2,534,182   26,220 
Net cash provided used by financing activities  76,263   2,534,182   26,220 
             
Net increase (decrease) in cash  -         
Cash, beginning of period  -   -   - 
Cash, end of period $-  $-  $- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-32

WINVEST GROUP LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIALS STATEMENTS FOR THE

PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Winvest Group Ltd, “the Company” (formerly Diversified Energy & Fuel, Inc. until August 15, 2012) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on June 3, 2009. Zyrox Mining International, Inc.Winvest Group Ltd began formal operations on June 3, 2009, with the principle purpose of developing, marketing, and selling software products through the Internet, and to provide web based services for individuals and small business. During 2010, this business was discontinued and management focused on developing a biodegradable plastic opportunity.

The Company began trading as Riverdale Capital, Ltd. under the symbol “RICP” on June 3, 2009. Effective April 30, 2012 the Company changed its name to Diversified Energy & Fuel International, Inc and changed its name to Winvest Group Ltd on August 15, 2012.

On November 8, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire 100%100% of the Membership Interests of WSVPA Bio Products Incorporated, a Nevada LLC in consideration for 102,238,200 shares of common stock. After completion of their due diligence, WSPVA formally closed on the transaction on May 12, 2012. The Company subsequently received 500,000,000 Class "A"“A” membership units and 1,000,000 Class “B” membership units representing 100%100% of the membership interest of WSPVA (dissolvingplastic.com) in return for 102,238,200 common shares of the Company and WSPVA is now a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

UseOn August 17, 2010, the then Chief Executive Officer resigned and appointed Carl H. Kruse as sole Director and Chief Executive Officer. Carl H. Kruse became the majority shareholder at that time by virtue of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The financial statements include estimates based on currently available information and management’s judgment as to the outcome of future conditions and circumstances.

Changes in the status of certain facts or circumstances could result in material changes to the estimates used in the preparation of financial statements and actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions.

Basic (Loss) Per Share

Basic (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the Company’s net loss applicable to the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the Company’s net income available to shareholders by the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. The diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding is the basic weighted average number of shares outstanding adjusted for any potentially dilutive debt or equity.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. We do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future but will review this policy as circumstances dictate.

Comprehensive Income

The Company has no component of other comprehensive income. Accordingly, net income equals comprehensive income for the periods endedMay31, 2012 and May 31, 2011.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents to the extent the funds are not being held for investment purposes.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts relating to the prior year’s financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the results of the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on the previously reported results of operations or accumulated deficit.

Income Taxes

The Company provides for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, Accounting for Income Taxes. ASC Topic 740 requires the use of an asset and liability approach in accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and the tax rates in effect when these differences are expected to reverse. The Company has elected to be taxed as a corporation for Federal and State income taxes.

ASC Topic 740 requires the reduction of deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Accounting Basis

The basis is accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company has adopted a May 31 fiscal year-end.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share based payments in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, which requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on the grant date fair value of the award. In accordance with ASC 718-10-30-9, Measurement Objective – Fair Value at Grant Date, the Company estimates the fair value of the award using a valuation technique. For this purpose, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company believes this model provides the best estimate of fair value due to its ability to incorporate inputs that change over time, such as volatility and interest rates, and to allow for actual exercise behavior of option holders. Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally equal to the vesting period. Upon exercise, shares issued will be newly issued shares from authorized common stock.

ASC 505, "Compensation-Stock Compensation", establishes standards for the accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments to non-employees for goods or services. Under this transition method, stock compensation expense includes compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted on or after January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordancePurchase Agreement with the provisions of ASC 505.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company has evaluated the recent accounting pronouncements through ASU 2012-02 and believes that none of them willhave a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

The financial statements are prepared using the accrual method of accounting. The statements were prepared following generally accepted accounting principles of the United States of America consistently applied. The Company has elected a May 31, year-end.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

Directors of the corporation are elected by the stockholders to a term of one year and serve until a successor is elected and qualified. Officers of the corporation are appointed by the Board of Directors to a term of one year and serves until a successor is duly appointed and qualified, or until he or she is removed from office. The Board of Directors has no nominating, auditing or compensation committees.

The name, age and position of our officer and director is set forth below:

Name Age First Year as Director Position
Carl Kruse 72 2009 President, Secretary, Director
       
Aslam Halim 55 2009 Executive Vice President, Director
       
Carl Kruse Velazquez 47 2009 Treasurer, Director

The term of office of each director of the Company ends at the next annual meeting of the Company's stockholders or when such director's successor is elected and qualifies. No date for the next annual meeting of stockholders is specified in the Company's bylaws or has been fixed by the Board of Directors. The term of office of each officer of the Company ends at the next annual meeting of the Company's Board of Directors, expected to take place immediately after the next annual meeting of stockholders, or when such officer's successor is elected and qualifies.

Directors are entitled to reimbursement for expenses in attending meetings but receive no other compensation for services as directors. Directors who are employees may receive compensation for services other than as director. No compensation has been paid to directors for services.

25

BACKGROUND INFORMATION ABOUT OUR OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The following information sets forth the backgrounds and business experience of the executive officers and directors:

Carl Kruse Cruz– President, Secretary, Director.Mr. Kruse has been self-employed as an auditor and management consultant for the past 30 years. As an owner/operations/administrative executive, he brings a wealth of experience in project planning, management and execution. He was an executive with PepsiCo and Pfizer, served as CFO for SkyPostal Networks, Inc. (OTCBB: SKPN) and was an audit manager for the firm currently known as Ernst & Young, CPA’s. Mr. Kruse is a certified public account formerly licensed to practice in the states of Florida and New York and in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. He has an MBA in Managerial Accounting from New York University and a BBA in Production Management from the Baruch School of Business and Public Administration of the City University of New York. He has been associated with the Company since 2009.

Aslam Halim – Executive Vice President, Director.Mr. Halim isGraduate of the University of British Columbia.He has over 36 years of experience as a businessman. He successfully built numerous businesses from ground up and sold them at their peak. He worked for New York Life Insurance Company in the finance department from 1986 to 1992 where he got his business training in real estate development. For the past 12 years, Mr. Halim has lived in China and studied China’s philosophy, understanding the Chinese culture and developing good relationships with many of the State owned companies. He is currently working on numerous international projects that involve China State owned and multinational corporations in the development of natural resources in China and abroad. He serves asPresident of Da Hai International Trading Limited and Fushun Dahai Lichang Metal Products Co., Ltd. Mr. Halim has held this position since 2009.

Carl Kruse Velazquez – Treasurer and Director.Carl Kruse has more than 20 years experience as an entrepreneur and businessman. Mr. Kruse began his career with Deloitte and Touch in New York and continued with that firm in London.In his position at Deloitte, Mr. Kruse was involved in the preparation of GAAP financial statements and evaluation, the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting and SEC reporting and regulations compliance. He will be responsible for the daily record keeping and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.He has founded and sold three separate businesses and today specializes in raising capital for a wide range of enterprises and projects. Mr. Kruse has traveled extensively throughout the Caribbean, Latin America, Europe, Africa and the Middle East and is fluent in English and Spanish and knowledgeable of French, Portuguese and Finnish. He holds a BA,Magna Cum Laude, from Princeton University, an MBA from New York University and an M.A. from Stanford University. Mr. Kruse has held this position since 2009.

The Board believes that each of the Company’s directors is highly qualified to serve as a member of the Board. Each of the directors has contributed to the mix of skills, core competencies and qualifications of the Board.

None of our current directors hold or held any directorships during the past five years in other reporting companies. Presently, none of our directors is an “independent director” under the Corporate Governance Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc., Rule 5605(a)(2). There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers other than Carl Kruse Cruz being the father of Carl Kruse Velazquez.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES

Our Board has long believed that good corporate governance is important to ensure that we are managed for the long-term benefit of our stockholders. Our common stock is not currently quoted on any listed exchange. However, our Board believes that the corporate governance rules of NASDAQ and NYSE MKT LLC represent good governance standards and, accordingly, during the past year, our Board has continued to review our governance practices in light of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the new rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the new listing standards of NASDAQ and NYSE MKT LLC, and it has implemented certain of the foregoing rules and listing standards during this past fiscal year.

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires our directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than ten percent of our common stock, to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission initial reports of ownership and reports of changes of ownership of our common stock. Officers, directors and greater than ten percent stockholders are required by SEC regulation to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

We intend to ensure to the best of our ability that all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to our officers, directors and greater than ten percent beneficial owners are complied with in a timely fashion.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Currently, our officers and director receive no compensation except for Carl Kruse, the Company’s President, Secretary and Director who has an employment contract with the Company for $250,000.00 per year beginning September 1, 2012. The other Officers and Directors have received shares of common stock previously issued, for services during the development stage of the Company’s business operations and/or for their sale of their WSPVA shares. They are reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses that they incur on our behalf. In the future, we may approve payment of salaries for officers and directors, but currently, no such plans have been approved. We also do not currently have any benefits, such as health or life insurance, available to our employees.

The Board of the Directors authorized the issue of its common shares to the officers and directors that had been serving without compensation in the following amounts:

 Carl Kruse, President, Secretary and Director500,000 common shares and 855,000 Preferred A
Aslam Halim, Executive Vice-President and Director25,935,650 common shares
Carl Kruse Velazquez, Treasurer and Director660,000 common shares

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

  Annual Compensation     Long-Term Compensation 
Name and
Principal Position
 Year  Salary ($)  Bonus
($)
  Stock
Awards ($)
  Option
Awards ($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive (#)
  Deferred
Comp
Earnings
($)
  All Other ($) 
                         
Carl Kruse Cruz  2012   83,333   0  $500   -   -   -   - 
President, Secretary, and              -                 
Director  2011   0   0       -   -   -   - 
                                 
Aslam Halim  2012   -   -  $25,935   -   -   -   - 
Executive Vice President, and                                
Director  2011   -   -   -   -   -   -   - 
                                 
Carl Kruse Velazquez  2012   -   -  $660   -   -   -   - 
Treasurer and Director                                
   2011   -   -   -   -   -   -   - 

OPTION GRANTS

There have been no individual grants of stock options to purchase our common stock made to the executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table.

AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUE

There have been no stock options exercised by the executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (“LTIP”) AWARDS

There have been no awards made to a named executive officer in the last completed fiscal year under any LTIP.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Directors are permitted to receive fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors. The Board of Directors has the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No amounts have been paid to, or accrued to, our director in such capacity.

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND OFFICERS’ COMPENSATION

Carl Kruse Cruz, the Company’s President, Secretary and Director currently has an employment contract with the Company, which calls for an annual salary of $250,000 effective September 1, 2012. No other Board members have employment contracts with the Company currently. The Board of Directors will determine future compensation and, as appropriate, employment agreements executed.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the total number of shares owned beneficially by our directors, officers and key employees, individually and as a group, and the present owners of 5% or more of our total outstanding shares. The table also reflects what the percentage of ownership will be assuming completion of the sale of all shares in this offering, which we cannot guarantee. The stockholders listed below have direct ownership of their shares and possess sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares.

       Percent of Class 
Title of Name, Title and Address of  Amount of Beneficial  Before  After 
Class Beneficial Owner of Shares (1) Ownership (2)  Offering  Offering (3) 
4           
Common Carl Kruse  500,000   .5   .3 
  President and Secretary            
               
  Aslam Halim  25,935,650   25.4   17.1 
  VP & Director            
               
  Carl Kruse Velazquez 660,000  .5   .4     
  Treasurer and Director            
               
All Officers and Directors as a Group    27,095,650   26.5   17.8 

1. The address of each executive officer and director is c/o Zyrox Mining International, Inc., 1800 NE 114th Street, Suite 609, Miami, Florida 33181.

2. As used in this table, “beneficial ownership” means the sole or shared power to vote, or to direct the voting of, a security, or the sole or share investment power with respect to a security (i.e., the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of a security).

3. Assumes the sale of the maximum amount of this offering (50,000,000 shares of common stock) by Zyrox Mining International, Inc. The aggregate amount of shares to be issued and outstanding after the offering is 152,238,200.

FUTURE SALES BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS

Further new issues of stock unless registered will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Rules and Regulations of the SEC promulgated under the Act. Under Rule 144, such shares can be publicly sold, subject to volume restrictions and certain restrictions on the manner of sale, commencing one year after their acquisition. Any sale of shares held by the existing stockholders (after applicable restrictions expire) and/or the sale of shares purchased in this offering (which would be immediately resalable after the offering), may have a depressive effect on the price of our common stock in any market that may develop, of which there can be no assurance.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

We do not currently have any conflicts of interest by or among our current officer, director, key employee or advisors. We have not yet formulated a policy for handling conflicts of interest, however, we intend to do so upon completion of this offering and, in any event, prior to hiring any additional employees.

INDEMNIFICATION

Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the corporation, we may indemnify an officer or director who is made a party to any proceeding, including a lawsuit, because of his position, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in our best interest. In certain cases, we may advance expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding. To the extent that the officer or director is successful on the merits in any such proceeding as to which such person is to be indemnified, we must indemnify him against all expenses incurred, including attorney’s fees. With respect to a derivative action, indemnity may be made only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending the proceeding, and if the officer or director is judged liable, only by a court order. The indemnification is intended to be to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Nevada.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions above, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities, other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers, or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding, is asserted by one of our directors, officers, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and we will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Upon completion of the registration, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file all requisite reports, such as Forms 10-K, 10-Q, and 8-K, proxy statements, under Section 14 of the Exchange Act and other information with the Commission. Such reports, proxy statements, this registration statement and other information, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 100 Fifth Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of all materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission’s Washington, D.C. office at prescribed rates. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission also maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission at http://www.sec.gov.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-1
Balance Sheet for Year Ended May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011F-2
Income Statement for Year Ended May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011F-3
Cash Flow Statement for Year Ended May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011F-4
Statement of Stockholder’s EquityF-5
Notes to Financial StatementsF-6
Balance Sheet for Quarter Ended August 31, 2012F-11
Income Statement for Quarter Ended August 31, 2012F-12
Cash Flow Statement for Quarter Ended August 31, 2012F-13
Statement of Stockholder’s EquityF-14
Notes to Financial StatementsF-15

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

ENRIQUE NOWOGRODZKI, CPA

CPA Services Corp. Com

Certified Public Accountants

18501 Pines Boulevard, Suite 204, Pembroke Pines, FL 33029

954-261-2413 - FAX: 305-356-7094

ACCOUNTANTS AND ADVISORS

PCAOB REGISTERED

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors

Zyrox Mining International, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

We have audited the accompanying restated balance sheets of Zyrox International Mining, Inc. (A Development Stage Company) as of May 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related restated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows through May 31, 2012, 2011 and Inception on June 3, 2009 through May 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the restated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Zyrox Mining International, Inc. (A Development Stage Company) as of May 31, 2012 and 2011 and the results of its restated operations and its cash flows through May 31, 2012, 2011 and Inception on June 3, 2009 through May 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has never generated any revenues, has accumulated a loss of $7,125 and currently lacks the capital to pursue its business plan, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans concerning these matters are described in Note I. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Sincerely,
/S/ Enrique Nowogrodzki
Enrique Nowogrodzki

F-1

ZYROX MINING INTERNATIONAL, INC.

BALANCE SHEET

As at May 31, 2012 and 2011

  May 31, 2012  May 31, 2011 
       
ASSETS        
         
Cash on hand $170  $170 
         
Investment in WSVPA Bio Products International, LLC  98,482,000    
         
TOTAL ASSETS $98,482,170  $170 
         
         
LIABILITIES        
         
Due to Stockholders $2,340  $4,100 
Working capital commitment to WSPVA  2,750,000     
         
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
         
Common stock, $.001 par value: 3,000,000,000 shares authorized, 102,238,200 shares issued and outstanding at May 31, 2012  102,239  $98,985 
         
Capital paid in excess of par value  95,633,006   0 
         
Preferred shares, $.001 par value:  300,000,000 shares authorized, 855,000 shares Series “A” issued and outstanding at May 31, 2012 855  855     
         
Accumulated deficit  (6,270)  103,770 
         
         
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  95,729,830   (3,930)
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY $98,482,170  $170 

The Accompanying Notes Are An Integral Part of these Financial Statements

F-2

ZYROX MINING INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Income Statement

For the years ended May 31, 2012 and 2011

  May 31, 2012  May 31, 2011 
       
Operating Revenues $0  $0 
         
Reversal of Issuance of shares for donated services in prior period  98,985     
Net Income  98,985     
         
Expense        
         
Professional fees  2,000   1,500 
Bank fees  240   30 
Office supplies  100   100 
Miscellaneous expenses      3,155 
Issuance of shares for services      98,885 
         
Deficit at beginning of year  (98,985)   
         
Net loss $(2,340) $(103,770)

The Accompanying Notes Are An Integral Part of these Financial Statements

F-3

ZYROX MINING INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Source and application of Cash Flows

For the years ended May 31, 2012 and 2011

  May 31, 2012  May 31, 2011 
       
Sources and Application of Cash in Bank:        
         
Net loss $(2,340) $(103,770)
Income from acquisition activities  98,985     
Loan from shareholder  2,340     
         
Less adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows:        
Reversal of issuance of common shares  (98,985)    
Issuance of common shares for donated services  98,985     
Loan from Shareholder converted to common shares  (4,100)  4,100 
Increase in common stock  3,254     
Increase in capital paid in excess of par  914     
Conversion of preferred to common      (145)
         
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  170   1,000 
         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $170  $170 

The Accompanying Notes Are An Integral Part of these Financial Statements

F-4

ZYROX MINING INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

June 1, 2010 through May 31, 2012

           Total 
     Stated  Additional  Stockholders’ 
  Number  Value  Paid-in Capital  Equity 
            
Balance – June 1, 2010  1,000,000   1,000      1,000 
                
Conversion of preferred to common  (145)  (145)     (145)
                
Issuance of common shares  98,984,744   98,985      98,985 
                
Accumulated deficit             (103,770)
                
Balance – May 31, 2011  98,984,599   98,985      (3,930)
                
Paid in capital          96,136,861   96,136,861 
                
Issuance of common shares, Note 1  3,253,456   4,100      3,254 
                
Retained earnings             96,645 
                
Balance – May 31, 2012  102,238,055  $103,085     $96,232,830 

The Accompanying Notes Are An Integral Part of these Financial Statements

F-5

ZYROX MINING INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

May 31, 2012 and 2011

Note A – NATURE OF ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATION

Zyrox Mining International, Inc. (The Company) common stock trades on the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market and is currently quoted on the OTC Markets Group Quotation Service and on other financial websites under the symbol “ZYRX”. The Company began trading as Riverdale Capital Ltd. under the symbol “RICP” on June 3, 2009. On April 30, 2012, he Company changed its name to Diversified Energy & Fuel International, Inc. Effective August 15, 2012 the Company changed its name to Zyrox Mining International, Inc. and its symbol to ZYRX.

On September 3, 2009, RICP acquired Internet Properties Group (”IPG)”) for 6,430,000 common shares. As a result of the acquisition of IPG, Philip T. Kueber became the controllingmajority shareholder, of the Company, holding 44% of the Common Shares outstanding and 100% of the Preferred Shares outstanding. On September 30, 2009, this transaction was reversed. As a result of the above situation, the former President/Sole Director, Philip T. Kueber, resigned from his positions and transferred his interests in the Company for $250,000 he personally owed to the current President, resulting in a change of control.control of the Issuer.

On September 8, 2010, FINRA approved a 1:10,000 reverse split effective September 9, 2010. All financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the reverse.

The Company finalized the acquisition of a biodegradable plastic manufacturer, WSPVA, Bio Products International, LLC, a Nevada LLC, on March 12, 2012 for 102,238,200common shares, of which 98,984,744 had been issued to WSPVA shareholders in the prior fiscal year and recorded as Issuance of Common Shares for Donated Services, because of the uncertainty of completing the transaction. The Company now owns 100%100% of the equity interests ofin this wholly owned subsidiary. With the transaction completed,now complete the market value of the shares issued on March 12, 2012 washas been recorded as the purchase price for WSPVA.

We are a development stage company and have not yet opened for business or generated any revenues. Our limited start-up operations have consisted of the formation of our business plan and identification of our target market. We will require the funds from this offering in order to fully implement our business plan as discussed in the “Plan of Operation” section During the period from November 2012 through April 2020, the Company was dormant.

The Company’s accounting year-end is December 31.

David Lazar, the principal of Custodian Ventures, LLC conducted due diligence on the Company and determined that the Company would be a potential Custodianship candidate, based upon previous management appearing to have abandoned the Company approximately eleven years ago. Mr. Lazar then chose to buy shares of the Company on the open market, and start a Custodianship proceeding. 

On December 27, 2019 Custodian Ventures, LLC was appointed as the custodian of the Company by the Eighth Judicial Court of Nevada pursuant to Case No. A-19-805642-B.

On March 5, 2021, as a result of a private transaction, 300,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Shares”) of the Company, were transferred from Custodian Ventures, LLC (the “Seller”) to Wan Nyuk Ming, Ng Chian Yin, and Jeffrey Wong Kah Mun, respectively, based on their ownership of Winvest Group Limited (collectively, the “Purchaser”). As a result, the Purchaser became an approximately 90% holder of the voting rights of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company on a fully-diluted basis of the Company, and became the controlling shareholders. The consideration paid for the Shares was $700,000. The source of the cash consideration for the Shares was personal funds of the Purchaser. In connection with the transaction, David Lazar released the Company from all debts owed to him and/or the Seller.

F-33

Other than as described below, there are no arrangements or understandings among both the former and new control persons and their associates with respect to the election of directors of the Company or other matters.

On April 14, 2021, the existing director and officer resigned immediately. Accordingly, David Lazar, serving as a director and an officer, ceased to be the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Treasurer, Secretary and a Director.

On September 14, 2021 The Board of Directors of Winvest Group Ltd (the “Company”) voted to change the Company’s fiscal year end isfrom May 31.

31 st to December 31st in order to align it with its intended acquisition target. The Company has not been in bankruptcy, receivership or any similar proceeding, and continues to review merger-acquisitions as partBoard of its ongoing business strategy.

The Company does not currently compensate officers or directors who serve on the boardDirectors of directors.

Management and administrative support:Since inception, the Company has receivedapproved this change on September 14, 2021. 

On December 17, 2021, Winvest Group Ltd (the “Company”), amended its articles of incorporation change its name to Winvest Group Limited (the “Name Change”). The change was made in anticipation of entering into a new line of business operations.

Also on December 17, 2021, the majorityCompany amended its articles of incorporation to reverse split its managerial servicescommon stock at a rate of 1 for 250 (the “Reverse”).

On December 29, 2021, FINRA declared the Name Change and administrative support at no cost from management and shareholdersthe Reverse effective. Also on December 29, 2021, the Company was informed by FINRA that the Company’s ticker symbol would be changed to WNLV in twenty business days. The Company’s stock symbol changed to WNLV on January 27, 2022.

On September 14, 2021 the Board of Directors of the Company.Company approved a change to its fiscal year end from May 31 to December 31. The change in fiscal year became effective for the Company’s 2021 fiscal year, which began June 1, 2021 and ended December 31, 2021. Accordingly, the Company is filing this transition report on Form 10-KT for the seven-month period from June 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

F-6

NOTE B2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The Company prepares itsaccompanying financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. In the opinion of management, all adjustments have been made to present fairly the financial statements of the Company. This basis of accounting involves the application of accrual accounting and consequently, revenues and gains are recognized when earned, and expenses and losses are recognized when incurred.

The financial statements are expressed in U.S. funds.

NOTE C – CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash equivalents include financial instruments with an original maturity of three months or less. The Company may maintain cash and cash equivalent deposits in excess of federally insured limits at certain financial institutions.

NOTE D – USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statementsprepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America or (“U.S. GAAP”) as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“A.S.C.”), the Accounting Standards Update (“A.S.U.”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “S.E.C.”).

Reverse Split

On January 27, 2022 the company effected a 1 for 250 reverse stock split of its common stock. This split has been retroactively applied to all periods presented. All reference to common stock in this Form 10-KT reflects this reverse split unless specifically stated otherwise.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business for the twelve months following the date of these financial statements. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had no cash and an accumulated deficit of $101,493,644.

Because the Company does not expect that existing operational cash flow will be sufficient to fund presently anticipated operations, this raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Therefore, the Company will need to raise additional funds and is currently exploring alternative sources of financing. Recently the Company being funded by Winvest Group Limited who extended interest-free demand loans to the Company. Historically, the Company raised capital through private placements to finance working capital needs and may attempt to raise capital by selling common stock or other securities and obtaining some short-term loans. The Company will be required to continue to so until its operations become profitable. Also, in the past, the Company has paid for consulting services with its common stock to maximize working capital and intends to continue this practice where feasible.

F-34

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assetsliabilities and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates relate to income taxes and contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, known or expected trends, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable given the quality of information available as of the date of these financial statements includestatements. The results of these assumptions provide the basis for making estimates based on currently available informationabout the carrying amounts of assets and management’s judgment as to the outcome of future conditions and circumstances.

Changes in the status of certain facts or circumstances could result in material changes to the estimates used in the preparation of financial statements and actualliabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates. We are not presently aware of any events or circumstances arising from the COVID-19 pandemic that would require us to update our estimates or judgments or revise the carrying value of our assets or liabilities.

Cash and assumptions.cash equivalents

NOTE E – REVENUE RECOGNITION

The carrying amountsCompany considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of share subscriptions receivable approximate their fair values becausethree months or less cash equivalents. As of the short-term nature of these instruments. Common shares are valued at the lower of cost or market value.

NOTE F – FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amounts of share subscriptions receivable approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. Common shares are valued at the lower of cost or market value.

NOTE G – IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets heldDecember 31, 2021 and used byMay 31, 2021 the Company had no cash on hand.

Revenue Recognition

On July 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“A.S.C.”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018, are reviewedpresented under ASC 606. As of and for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset mayyears ended December 31, 2021 and May 31, 2021, the financial statements were not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assetsimpacted due to the estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated byapplication of Topic 606 because the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value thereof.Company had no revenues.

Leases

In December 2004,February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued StatementAccounting Standards Update No. 153 (SFAS 153), Exchanges2016-02, “Leases” (“A.S.U. 2016-02”). A.S.U. 2016-02 is intended to improve financial reporting of Nonmonetary Assets—an amendmentleasing transactions by requiring organizations that lease assets to recognize assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by leases on the balance sheet. The adoption of APB Opinion No. 29. ASC 842 on June 1, 2020, did not impact the Company’s financial statements because the Company has no rental properties.

Income taxes

The guidance in APB Opinion No. 29, Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions,Income Taxes.” Under FASB ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Under FASB ASC 740, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. FASB ASC 740-10-05, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.

The amount recognized is measured as the largest benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company assesses the validity of its conclusions regarding uncertain tax positions quarterly to determine if facts or circumstances have arisen that might cause it to change its judgment regarding the likelihood of a tax position’s sustainability under audit.

Net Loss per Share

The Company reports loss per share under A.S.C. Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share,” which establishes computing standards and presents earnings per share. The basic loss per share calculation divides the net loss allocable to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding during the period without considering common stock equivalents. The diluted loss per share calculation is calculated by adjusting the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents, including stock options and warrants, outstanding for the period as determined using the treasury stock method. For the diluted net loss per share calculation purposes, common stock equivalents are excluded from the calculation because their effect would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders is the same for periods with a net loss.

F-35

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock compensation with persons classified as employees for accounting purposes under ASC 718 “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” which recognizes awards at fair value on the date of grant and recognition of compensation over the service period for awards expected to vest. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model. The fair value of common stock issued for services is determined based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured basedCompany’s stock price on the issuance date.

The expansion of Topic 718 fell under A.S.U. 2018-07 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. The measurement date for equity-classified nonemployee share-based payment awards is no longer at the earlier date at which a commitment for performance by the counterparty is reached or the date at which the counterparty’s performance is complete. Instead, the grant date is now considered the measurement date. Under today’s guidance, the measurement of nonemployee share-based payment awards with performance conditions is at the lowest aggregate fair value, often resulting in a zero value. The new A.S.U. aligns the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment awards with performance conditions with accounting for employee share-based payment awards under Topic 718 by requiring entities to consider the probability of satisfying performance conditions. Current guidance requires entities to use the contractual term for the measurement of the assets exchanged.nonemployee share-based payment awards. The guidance in that Opinion, however, included certain exceptionsnew A.S.U. allows entities to that principle. This Statement amends Opinion 29make an award-by-award election to eliminateuse either the exceptionexpected duration (consistent with employee share-based payment awards) or the contractual term for nonmonetary exchangesnonemployee awards

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Other recent accounting standards issued by the FASB, including its Emerging Issues Task Force, the American Institute of similar productive assetsCertified Public Accountants, and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that dothe S.E.C., did not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entityor are expectednot believed by management to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provisions of this Statement shall be effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after September 15, 2006. The adoption of SFAS 153 did not have a material impact on the resultsCompany’s present or future consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3 – EQUITY

Common Stock

The Company has authorized 4,500,000,000 shares of operations.$0.001 par value, common stock. As of December 31, 2021 and May 31, 2021, there were 16,513,983 and 2,081,719 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding.

In June 2009,Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2021 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)Company has authorized 300,000,000 shares of Preferred Series A Stock. As of December 31, 2021 and May 31, 2021 there were 227,838,680 and 300,000,000 Preferred Series A shares issued “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and outstanding, respectively. Each share of preferred stock is convertible to 50 shares of common stock. These 300,000,000 preferred shares were original issued to Custodian Ventures for services performed and resulted in a stock based compensation charge to operations of $2,469,659. These preferred shares were then subsequently sold to Winvest Group-see NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS to the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”, which establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ FASB ASC”) as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied in preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). The ASC is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Codification does not change or alter existing GAAP. The implementation had no impactstatements. Prior to the Company’s reverse split and during the year ended December 31, 2021, the holders of Preferred Stock converted 72,161,320preferred shares into 3,608,066,021 pre-split common shares. After the 1 for 250 reverse split, the post- split shares amounted to 14,432,264 common shares.

NOTE 4 – RELATED PARTY NOTES PAYABLE

The Company’s financing subsequent to the change of control on March 31, 2021 has come from the Winvest Group Cayman, an affiliate with the same name as the Company, and based in the Cayman Islands. As of December 31, 2021 the amount due to the Winvest Group Cayman was $108,561which is being treated as an interest free demand loan.

F-36

NOTE 5 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company did not have any contractual commitments as of December 31, 2021.

NOTE 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Under SFAS 165 (ASC 855-10), management has evaluated subsequent events through the date that the financial position or resultsstatements were available to be issued and has determined that it does not have any subsequent material events to disclose in these financial statements.

F-37

WINVEST GROUP LTD.

BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

  June 30,  December 31, 
  2022  2021 
ASSETS        
Cash $27,645  $- 
Accounts receivable  2,000   - 
Prepaid expenses  2,637   - 
Total current assets  32,282   - 
Goodwill  1,010,489   - 
Intangible assets  968,060   - 
Total Assets $2,010,831  $- 
         
LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
Current liabilities        
Accounts payable $19,666  $5,961 
Accrued liabilities  12,536   - 
Notes payable-related parties  359,271   108,561 
Total current liabilities  391,473   114,522 
Total liabilities  391,473   114,522 
         
Commitments and Contingencies  -   - 
         
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)        
Preferred stock Series A, $0.001 par value 300,000,000, shares authorized, 227,838,680, shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively  227,839   227,839 
Common stock, Par Value $0.001, 4,500,000,000 shares authorized, 17,411,217 and 16,510,563 issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2022, and December 31, 2021  17,411   16,511 
Additional paid in capital  103,113,871   101,134,772 
Accumulated Deficit  (101,739,763)  (101,493,644)
Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)  1,619,358   (114,522)
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) $2,010,831  $- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

NOTE H – COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

F-38

WINVEST GROUP LTD.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

  Three  Three  Six  Six 
  Months Ended  Months Ended  Months Ended  Months Ended 
  June 30,  June 30,  June 30,  June 30, 
  2022  2021  2022  2021 
Revenue $4,000  $-  $4,000  $- 
                 
Operating expenses:                
Administrative expenses  57,949   38,176   207,966   45,753 
Amortization of intangible assets  42,090   -   42,090   - 
Total operating expenses  100,039   38,176   250,056   45,753 
Loss from operations  (96,039)  (38,176)  (246,056)  (45,753)
                 
Other (expense) income:                
Interest expense  (192)  -   (192)    
Other income  129   -   129   - 
Other expenses, net  (63)  -   (63)  - 
                 
Net loss $(96,102) $(38,176) $(246,119) $(45,753)
                 
Basic and diluted loss per common share $(5.66) $(0.02) $(14.70) $(0.02)
                 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding  16,966   2,081,364   16,744   2,081,364 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

FASB ASC 220-10-20: Comprehensive Income establishes standards for the reporting and disclosure

F-39

NOTE I – CAPITAL STOCK

 

Management has developed a strategic plan to develop its management team and to increase its acquisitionWINVEST GROUP LTD.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(Unaudited)

                             
  Preferred Stock  Common Stock  Additional
Paid-In
  Accumulated    
  Shares  Value  Shares  Value  Capital  Deficit  Total 
Balance, December 31, 2020  300,000,000  $300,000   2,081,364  $2,081  $101,028,596  $(101,371,545) $(40,868)
                             
Net loss      -        -    -    (7,577)  (7,577)
                             
Balance, June 30, 2021  300,000,000  $300,000   2,081,364  $2,081  $101,028,596  $(101,379,122) $(48,445)
                             
Net loss      -        -    -    (38,176)  (38,176)
                             
Balance, June 30, 2021-  300,000,000  $300,000   2,081,364  $2,081  $101,028,596  $(101,417,298) $(86,621)

  Preferred Stock  Common Stock  Additional
Paid-In
  Accumulated    
  Shares  Value  Shares  Value  Capital  Deficit  Total 
Balance, December 31, 2021  227,838,680  $227,839   16,510,563  $16,511  $101,134,772  $(101,493,644) $(114,522)
                             
Reverse split rounding adjustment          654       (1)        
                             
Net loss      -        -    -    (150,017)  (150,017)
                             
Balance, June 30, 2022  227,838,680  $227,839   16,511,217  $16,511  $101,134,771  $(101,643,661) $(264,539)
                             
Issuance of common stock for acquisitions          900,000   900   1,979,100       1,980,000 
                             
Net loss      -        -    -    (96,102)  (96,102)
                             
Balance, June 30, 2022  227,838,680  $227,839   17,411,217  $17,411  $103,113,871  $(101,739,763) $1,619,358 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of synergistic properties. Management anticipates generating sufficient revenue to fund the operations of the Company during the next fiscal year and to acquire an additional subsidiary.these financial statements.

 

NOTE J – CAPITAL STOCK

F-40

WINVEST GROUP LTD.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

         
  Six  Six 
  Months Ended  Months Ended 
  June 30,  June 30, 
  2022  2021 
       
Cash flows used in operating activities        
Net loss $(246,119) $(45,753)
Amortization of intangible assets  42,090     
Changes in assets and liabilities      - 
Accounts receivable  (2,000)  - 
Accounts payable  879   - 
Accrued liabilities  12,535   - 
Net cash used in operating activities  (192,615)  (45,753)
         
Cash flows provided by investing activities        
Acquisition of a business, net of cash  29,800   - 
Net cash provided by investing activities  29,800   - 
         
Cash flows provided used by financing activities        
Proceeds from related party loans  190,460   45,753 
Net cash provided used by financing activities  190,460   45,753 
         
Net increase (decrease) in cash  27,645   - 
Cash, beginning of period  -   - 
Cash, end of period $27,645  $- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

Common Shares Authorized

F-41

WINVEST GROUP LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

NOTE 13,000,000,000 common shares of $.001 par valueORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Issued and Outstanding – 102 238,200 common shares

Preferred Shares Authorized- 100,000,000 Series “A”
- 100,000,000 Series “B”
- 100,000,000 Series “C”
Issued and Outstanding- 855,000 preferred shares Series “A”

NOTE K – CONTINGENCIES

The Company may from time to time be subject to legal proceedings and claims that may arise in the ordinary course of its business. There are no legal matters pending at the present date.

NOTE L – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management is currently in negotiations with Zyrox Mining Co., Ltd., a British Columbia mining operation and has signed a Memorandum of Understanding with the Zyrox shareholders. Discussions with a local Venture Capital firm are being finalized to obtain the necessary capital to close the transaction and to expand the current operation.

The Company has engaged an attorney to file an S-1 to achieve fully reporting status with the SEC. The Company aspires to be a fully reporting company by the end of 4th quarter 2012.

F-9

NOTE M – CERTIFICATION INFORMATION AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

All information furnished herein has been prepared from the books and records obtain fromWinvest Group Ltd, “the Company” (formerly known as Zyrox Mining International Inc. until December 2021) was incorporated in accordance with rule 15c2-11 (a)(5) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange ActState of 1934, as amended, and is intended as information to be used by the public.

No dealer, salesman or any other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained herein in connectionNevada on June 3, 2009. Winvest Group Ltd began formal operations on June 3, 2009, with the Company. Any representations not contained herein must not be relied upon as having been made or authorized byprinciple purpose of developing, marketing, and selling software products through the Company.Internet, and to provide web based services for individuals and small business. During 2010, this business was discontinued and management focused on developing a biodegradable plastic opportunity.

NOTE N - CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE “SAFE HARBOR” PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT

Any statements in this report that are not historical facts are intended to fall within the safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “expect”, “look”, “believe”, and “anticipate”, “may”, “will”, or similar statements or variations of such terms. Any forward-looking statements should be considered in light of the risks and uncertainties associated with Zyrox Mining International, Inc. and its businesses, economic and market conditions prevailing from time to time, and the application and interpretation of Federal and state tax laws and regulations, all of which are subject to material changes and which may cause actual results to vary materially from what had been anticipated. Certain factors that could affect Zyrox Mining International, Inc. include conditions affecting revenues, reliance on key personnel, competition, and regulatory and legal matters.

Zyrox Mining International, Inc.

BALANCE SHEET

As at August 31, 2012

ASSETS    
     
Cash in Bank $7,420 
     
Investment in WSVPA Bio Products International, LLC  98,985,000 
     
TOTAL ASSETS $98,992,420 
     
     
LIABILITIES    
     
Due to Stockholder $88,746 
Working Capital Commitment to WSVPA  2,750,000 
     
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
     
Common stock, $.001 par value: 3,000,000,000 shares authorized, 102,238,200 shares issued and outstanding at August 31st  102,239 
     
Capital paid in excess of par value  96,136,861 
     
Preferred shares, $.001 par value:  300,000,000 shares authorized, 855,000 shares Series “A” issued and outstanding at August 31st  855 
     
Accumulated deficit  (86,281)
     
     
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  96,153,674 
     
TOTAL LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY $98,992,420 

The Accompanying Notes Are An Integral Part of these Financial Statements

F-11

Zyrox Mining International, Inc.

INCOME STATEMENT

For the three months ended August 31, 2012

Operating Revenues $0 
     
Professional fees  39,853 
Claims options  32,000 
Bank fees  240 
Office supplies  1,413 
     
Net loss $(79,156)

The Accompanying Notes Are An Integral Part of these Financial Statements

F-12

Zyrox Mining International, Inc.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the three months ended August 31, 2012

OPERATING ACTIVITIES    
     
Net loss $(79,156)
     
Loan from shareholder  86,406 
     
Cash at beginning of period  170 
     
Cash at end of period $7,420 

The Accompanying Notes Are An Integral Part of these Financial Statements

Zyrox Mining International, Inc.

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

For the three months ended August 31, 2012

  Number  Stated  Additional  Stockholders’ 
  of Shares  Value  Paid-in Capital  Equity 
             
Balance – May 31, 2012  102,239,055  $103,094  $96,136,861  $96,232,830 
                 
Retained earnings decrease              (79,156)
                 
Balance – August 31, 2012  102,239,055  $103,094      $96,153,674 

The Accompanying Notes Are An Integral Part of these Financial Statements

F-14

Zyrox Mining International, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

August 31, 2012

NOTE A – NATURE OF ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATION

Zyrox Mining International, Inc. (The Company) common stock trades on the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market and is currently quoted on the OTC Markets Group Quotation Service and on other financial websites under the symbol “ZYRX”. The Company began trading as Riverdale Capital, Ltd. under the symbol “RICP” on June 3, 2009. OnEffective April 30, 2012 hethe Company changed its name to Diversified Energy & Fuel International, Inc. Effective August 15, 2012 the CompanyInc and changed its name to Zyrox Mining International, Inc. and its symbolWinvest Group Ltd on August 15, 2012.

On November 8, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to ZYRX.

On September 3, 2009, RICP acquired Internet Properties Group (”IPG)”) for 6,430,000 common shares. As a resultacquire 100% of the acquisitionMembership Interests of IPG, Philip T. Kueber becameWSVPA Bio Products Incorporated, a Nevada LLC in consideration for 102,238,200 shares of common stock. After completion of their due diligence, WSPVA formally closed on the controlling shareholdertransaction on May 12, 2012. The Company subsequently received 500,000,000 Class “A” membership units and 1,000,000 Class “B” membership units representing 100% of the membership interest of WSPVA (dissolvingplastic.com) in return for 102,238,200 common shares of the Company holding 44%and WSPVA is now a wholly owned subsidiary of the Common Shares outstandingCompany.

On August 17, 2010, the then Chief Executive Officer resigned and 100%appointed Carl H. Kruse as sole Director and Chief Executive Officer. Carl H. Kruse became the majority shareholder at that time by virtue of a Stock Purchase Agreement with the Preferred Shares outstanding. On September 30, 2009, this transaction was reversed. As a result of the above situation, the former President/Sole Director, Philip T. Kueber, resigned from his positions and transferred his interests in the Company for $250,000 he personally owed to the current President,majority shareholder, resulting in a change of control.control of the Issuer.

On September 8, 2010, FINRA approved a 1:10,000 reverse split effective September 9, 2010. All financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the reverse.

The Company finalized the acquisition of a biodegradable plastic manufacturer, WSPVA, Bio Products International, LLC, a Nevada LLC, on March 12, 2012 for 102,238,200 common shares, of which 98,984,744 had been issued to WSPVA shareholders in the prior fiscal year and recorded as Issuance of Common Shares for Donated Services, because of the uncertainty of completing the transaction. The Company now owns 100%100% of the equity interests ofin this wholly owned subsidiary. With the transaction completed,now complete the market value of the shares issued on March 12, 2012 washas been recorded as the purchase price for WSPVA.

We are a development stage company and have not yet opened for business or generated any revenues. Our limited start-up operations have consisted of the formation of our business plan and identification of our target market. We will require the funds from this offering in order to fully implement our business plan as discussed in the “Plan of Operation” section During the period from November 2012 through April 2020, the Company was dormant.

The Company’s accounting year-end is December 31.

David Lazar, the principal of Custodian Ventures, LLC conducted due diligence on the Company and determined that the Company would be a potential Custodianship candidate, based upon previous management appearing to have abandoned the Company approximately eleven years ago. Mr. Lazar then chose to buy shares of the Company on the open market, and start a Custodianship proceeding.

On December 27, 2019 Custodian Ventures, LLC was appointed as the custodian of the Company by the Eighth Judicial Court of Nevada pursuant to Case No. A-19-805642-B.

On March 5, 2021, as a result of a private transaction, 300,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Shares”) of the Company, were transferred from Custodian Ventures, LLC (the “Seller”) to Wan Nyuk Ming, Ng Chian Yin, and Jeffrey Wong Kah Mun, respectively, based on their ownership of Winvest Group Limited (collectively, the “Purchaser”). As a result, the Purchaser became an approximately 90% holder of the voting rights of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis of the Company, and became the controlling shareholders. The consideration paid for the Shares was $700,000. The source of the cash consideration for the Shares was personal funds of the Purchaser. In connection with the transaction, David Lazar released the Company from all debts owed to him and/or the Seller.

 

F-42

Other than as described below, there are no arrangements or understandings among both the former and new control persons and their associates with respect to the election of directors of the Company or other matters.

On April 14, 2021, the existing director and officer resigned immediately. Accordingly, David Lazar, serving as a director and an officer, ceased to be the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Treasurer, Secretary, and a Director.

On September 14, 2021 The CompanyBoard of Directors of Winvest Group Ltd (the “Company”) voted to change the Company’s fiscal year end from May 31 st to December 31st in order to align it with its intended acquisition target. The Board of Directors of the Company approved this change on September 14, 2021.

On December 17, 2021, Winvest Group Ltd (the “Company”), amended its articles of incorporation change its name to Winvest Group Limited (the “Name Change”). The change was made in anticipation of entering into a new line of business operations.

Also on December 17, 2021, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to reverse split its common stock at a rate of 1 for 250 (the “Reverse”).

On December 29, 2021, FINRA declared the Name Change and the Reverse effective. Also on December 29, 2021, the Company was informed by FINRA that the Company’s ticker symbol would be changed to WNLV in twenty business days. The Company’s stock symbol changed to WNLV on January 27, 2022.

On September 14, 2021 the Board of Directors of the Company approved a change to its fiscal year end from May 31 to December 31. The change in fiscal year became effective for the Company’s 2021 fiscal year, which began June 1, 2021 and ended December 31, 2021. Accordingly, the Company is filing this transition report on Form 10-KT for the seven-month period from June 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

On December 17, 2021 Zyrox Mining International, Inc. amended its articles of incorporation change its name to Winvest Group Limited (the “Name Change”). The change was made in anticipation of entering into a new line of business operations.

Also on December 17, 2021, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to reverse split its common stock at a rate of 1 for 250 (the “Reverse”).

On December 29, 2021, FINRA declared the Name Change and the Reverse effective. Also on December 29, 2021, the Company was informed by FINRA that the Company’s ticker symbol would be changed to WNLV in twenty business days. The symbol change occurred on January 27, 2022

On May 31.16, 2022, the Company entered into a share exchange agreement (the “Share Exchange Agreement”) with The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC (“TCG”), a California limited liability company, Joseph Lanius (“Lanius”), Nicholas Burnett (“Burnett”), and Khiow Hui Lim (“Khiow,” “Burnett” and together with Lanius, the “TCG Shareholders”), the sole officers, directors, and shareholders of TCG, IQI Media Inc. (“IQI”), a California corporation, solely 100% women-owned company, Khiow, Lanius, Charlene Logan Kelly (“Kelly”), Burnett, Connie Tsai (“Tsai”), and Amy Morton (“Morton”), as the officers, directors and shareholders of IQI (the “IQI Shareholders”). Under the Share Exchange Agreement, One Hundred Percent (100%) of the ownership interest of TCG and IQI was exchanged for 900,000 shares of common stock of the Company at the Closing issued to the TCG Shareholders and the IQI Shareholders. The transaction has been accounted for as a recapitalization of the Company, whereby WNLV is the accounting acquirer.

 

The Company has not been in bankruptcy, receivership or any similar proceeding, and continues to review merger-acquisitions as part

F-43

 

TheImmediately after completion of such share exchange, the Company does not currently compensate officers or directors who serve on the boardhad a total of directors.17,411,217 issued and outstanding shares, with authorized share capital for common share of 4,500,000,000.

Management and administrative support:Since inception,Consequently, the Company has receivedceased to fall under the majoritydefinition of its managerial servicesshell company as define in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and administrative support at no cost from managementTCG and shareholdersIQI are now wholly owned subsidiaries.

COVID-19

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) declared the Covid-19 outbreak to be a global pandemic. In addition to the devastating effects on human life, the pandemic is having a negative ripple effect on the global economy, leading to disruptions and volatility in the global financial markets. Most US states and many countries have issued policies intended to stop or slow the further spread of the Company.disease.

Covid-19 and the U.S’s response to the pandemic are significantly affecting the economy. There are no comparable events that provide guidance as to the effect the Covid-19 pandemic may have, and, as a result, the ultimate effect of the pandemic is highly uncertain and subject to change. We do not yet know the full extent of the effects on the economy, the markets we serve, our business, or our operations.

NOTE B2SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Change in Fiscal Year-End

On September 14, 2021 the Company’s Board of Directors approved the change in the Company’s fiscal year end from May 31 to December 31.

Basis of Presentation

The Company prepares itsaccompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) “FASB Accounting Standard Codification™” (the “Codification”) which is the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in accordanceconformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States. In

Reverse Split

On January 27, 2022 the opinioncompany effected a 1 for 250 reverse stock split of management,its common stock. This split has been retroactively applied to all adjustmentsperiods presented. All reference to common stock in this Form 10-Q reflects this reverse split unless specifically stated otherwise.

Management’s Representation of Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been madeprepared by the Company without audit pursuant to present fairly the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Certain information and disclosures normally included in financial statements of the Company. This basis of accounting involves the application of accrual accounting and consequently, revenues and gains are recognized when earned, and expenses and losses are recognized when incurred.

The financial statements are expressedprepared in U.S. funds.

NOTE C – CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash equivalents include financial instruments with an original maturity of three months or less. The Company may maintain cash and cash equivalent deposits in excess of federally insured limits at certain financial institutions.

NOTE D – USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformityaccordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) have been or omitted as allowed by such rules and regulations, and management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. These financial statements include all of the adjustments, which in the opinion of management are necessary to a fair presentation of financial position and results of operations. All such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year.

F-44

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business for the twelve months following the date of these financial statements. The Company has incurred operating losses since its inception. As of June 30, 2022, the Company had a working capital deficit of $359,191 and an accumulated deficit of $101,739,763.

Because the Company does not expect that existing operational cash flow will be sufficient to fund presently anticipated operations, this raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Therefore, the Company will need to raise additional funds and is currently exploring alternative sources of financing. The Company is currently being funded by Winvest Group Ltd. who is extending interest-free demand loans to the Company. The Company will be required to continue to rely on Winvest Group Ltd. until its operations become profitable.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assetsliabilities and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements,statements. The most significant estimates relate to income taxes and contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, known or expected trends, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable given the reportedquality of information available as of the date of these financial statements. The results of these assumptions provide the basis for making estimates about the carrying amounts of revenuesassets and expenses during the reporting period. The financial statements include estimates based on currently available information and management’s judgment as to the outcome of future conditions and circumstances.

Changes in the status of certain facts or circumstances could result in material changes to the estimates used in the preparation of financial statements and actualliabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

On July 1, 2018, the estimatesCompany adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018, are presented under ASC 606. As of June 30, 2022, the financial statements were not impacted due to the application of Topic 606.

Cash and assumptions.cash equivalents

NOTE E – REVENUE RECOGNITIONThe Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. On June 30, 2022, and December 31 2021, the Company’s cash equivalents totaled $27,645 and $-0- respectively.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. Under FASB ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of share subscriptions receivable approximateexisting assets and liabilities and their fair values because ofrespective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the short-term nature of these instruments. Common sharesyears in which those temporary differences are valued at the lower of cost or market value.

NOTE F – FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amounts of share subscriptions receivable approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. Common shares are valued at the lower of cost or market value.

NOTE G – IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to the estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated byrecovered or settled. Under FASB ASC 740, the asset. If sucheffect on deferred tax assets are consideredand liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. FASB ASC 740-10-05, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be impaired, the impairmenttaken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.

The amount recognized is measured byas the amount by which the carryinglargest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company assesses the asset exceedsvalidity of its conclusions regarding uncertain tax positions quarterly to determine if facts or circumstances have arisen that might cause it to change its judgment regarding the likelihood of a tax position’s sustainability under audit.

F-45

Stock-based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using the fair value thereof.

In December 2004,method following the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement No. 153 (SFAS 153), Exchangesguidance outlined in Section 718-10 of Nonmonetary Assets—an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29. The guidance in APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions, is based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. The guidance in that Opinion, however, included certain exceptions to that principle. This Statement amends Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provisions of this Statement shall be effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after September 15, 2006. The adoption of SFAS 153 did not have a material impact on the results of operations.

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”, which establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ FASB ASC”) asfor disclosure about Stock-Based Compensation. This section requires a public entity to measure the sourcecost of authoritative accounting principlesemployee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award (with limited exceptions). That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award- the requisite service period (usually the vesting period). No compensation cost is recognized for equity instruments for which employees do not render the requisite service.

Net Loss per Share

Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period as defined by Financial Accounting Standards, ASC Topic 260, “Earnings per Share.” Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which establishes a new lease accounting model for lessees. The updated guidance requires an entity to be applied in preparation of financial statements in conformityrecognize assets and liabilities arising from financing and operating leases, along with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures. The ASCamended guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. In March 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-01, Codification Improvements, which clarifies certain aspects of the new lease standard. The FASB issued ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases in July 2018. Also in 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842) Targeted Improvements, which provides an optional transition method whereby the new lease standard is applied at the adoption date and recognized as an adjustment to retained earnings. The amendments have the same effective date and transition requirements as the new lease standard.

We adopted ASC 842 on June 1, 2020. The adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our financial statements issued for interimbecause we have no leases.

NOTE 3 – BUSINESS ACQUISITION

On May 16, 2022, the Company entered into a share exchange agreement with The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC (“TCG”) and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Codification does not change or alter existing GAAP. The implementation had no impactIQI Media (“IQI”) -see Note 1 to the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

NOTE H – COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FASB ASC 220-10-20: Comprehensive Income establishes standards for the reporting and disclosure of comprehensive income and its components, which will be presented in association with a company's financial statements. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in a business enterprise's equity during a period arising from transactions, events or circumstances relating to non-owner sources,

Immediately after completion of such foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities. It includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by or distributions to owners.

NOTE I – CAPITAL STOCK

Management has developed a strategic plan to develop its management team and to increase its acquisition of synergistic properties. Management anticipates generating sufficient revenue to fund the operations ofshare exchange, the Company duringhad a total of 17,411,217 issued and outstanding shares, with authorized share capital for common share of 4,500,000,000.

Consequently, the next fiscal year and to acquire an additional subsidiary.

NOTE J – CAPITAL STOCK

Common Shares Authorized – 3,000,000,000 common shares of $.001 par value

Issued and Outstanding – 102 238,200 common shares

Preferred Shares Authorized- 100,000,000 Series “A”
- 100,000,000 Series “B”
- 100,000,000 Series “C”
Issued and Outstanding- 855,000 preferred shares Series “A”

NOTE K – CONTINGENCIES

The Company may from time to time be subject to legal proceedings and claims that may arise in the ordinary course of its business. There are no legal matters pending at the present date.

NOTE L – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management is currently in negotiations with Zyrox Mining Co., Ltd., a British Columbia mining operation and has signed a Memorandum of Understanding with the Zyrox shareholders. Discussions with a local Venture Capital firm are being finalized to obtain the necessary capital to close the transaction and to expand the current operation.

The Company has engaged an attorneyceased to file an S-1 to achieve fully reporting status with the SEC. The Company aspires to be a fully reporting company by the end of 4th quarter 2012.

NOTE M – CERTIFICATION INFORMATION AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

All information furnished herein has been prepared from the books and records obtain from Zyrox Mining International, Inc. in accordance with rule 15c2-11 (a)(5) promulgatedfall under the Securities anddefinition of shell company as define in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and TCG and IQI are now wholly owned subsidiaries.

For the acquisition of TCG and IQI, the following table summarizes the acquisition date fair value of consideration paid, identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

Consideration paid

Schedule of consideration paid    
Common stock, 900,000 shares of the Company restricted common stock valued at $2.20 per share $1,980,000 
Net liabilities assumed  40,978 
Fair value of total consideration paid $2,020,978 

Net assets acquired and liabilities assumed

Schedule of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed    
Cash and cash equivalents $29,241 
Other current assets  2,637 
Total assets $31,878 
     
Accounts payable $12,606 
Due to related party  60,250 
Total liabilities $72,856 
Net liabilities assumed $40,978 

F-46

The Company has allocated the fair value of the total consideration paid of $2,020,978 as follows: $1,010,489 was allocated to goodwill and $1,010,489 was allocated to intangible assets with a life of three years. The value of goodwill represents the Company’s ability to generate profitable operations going forward. Management estimated the provisional fair values of the intangible assets and goodwill on June 30, 2022. The Company’s accounting for the acquisition of IQI and TCG is intendedincomplete. Management is performing a valuation study to calculate the fair value of the acquired intangible assets, which it plans to complete within the one-year measurement period.

NOTE 4 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

As of June 30, 2022 the balance of intangible assets was $968,060. During the six months ended June, 2022 and 2021, the Company recorded $42,090 and $-0- in amortization expense, respectively. The remaining amortization is as informationfollows, 2022 -$168,415, 2023 -$336,830, 2024 -$336,830, 2025- $125,985.

NOTE 5 – EQUITY

Common Stock

As of June 30, 2022, the Company had 4,500,000,000 authorized shares of Common Stock with a par value of $0.001. As of June 30, 2022, and December 31, 2021 there were 17,411,217 and 16,510,563 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding, respectively.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2022 the Company has authorized 300,000,000 shares of Preferred Series A Stock. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 there were 227,838,680 and 227,838,680 Preferred Series A shares issued and outstanding, respectively. Each share of preferred stock is convertible to be used by50 shares of common stock.

NOTE 6 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company did not have any contractual commitments of June 30, 2022, and December 31, 2021.

NOTE 7 – NOTES PAYABLE-RELATED PARTY

As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the public.balance of notes payable related parties was $359,271 and $108,561, respectively.

No dealer, salesman or any other person

The Company’s financing subsequent to the change of control on June 30, 2021 has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained herein in connectioncome from the Winvest Group Cayman, an affiliate with the Company. Any representations not contained herein must not be relied uponsame name as having been made or authorized by the Company.Company, and based in the Cayman Islands. As of June 30, 2022 the balance of notes payable was comprised of $299,021 due to the Winvest Cayman Group and $60,250 due to the Chief Executive Officer of IQI.

F-47

NOTE N - CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE “SAFE HARBOR” PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT

Any statements in this report that are not historical facts are intended to fall within the safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “expect”, “look”, “believe”, and “anticipate”, “may”, “will”, or similar statements or variations of such terms. Any forward-looking statements should be considered in light of the risks and uncertainties associated with Zyrox Mining International, Inc. and its businesses, economic and market conditions prevailing from time to time, and the application and interpretation of Federal and state tax laws and regulations, all of which are subject to material changes and which may cause actual results to vary materially from what had been anticipated. Certain factors that could affect Zyrox Mining International, Inc. include conditions affecting revenues, reliance on key personnel, competition, and regulatory and legal matters.

DEALER PROSPECTUS DELIVERY OBLIGATION

“UNTIL___________________________, ALL DEALERS THAT EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THESE SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS’ OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.”

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable by Zyrox Mining International, Inc. in connection with registering the sale of the common stock. Zyrox Mining International, Inc. has agreed to pay all costs and expenses in connection with this offering of common stock. Set for the below is the estimated expenses of issuance and distribution, assuming the maximum proceeds are raised.

Legal and Professional Fees $14,000 
Accounting Fees $10,000 
Audit Fees $3,000 
     
Total $27,000 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

As permitted by the Nevada General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our by-laws to be in effect that limits or eliminates the personal liability of our directors. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us, or our stockholders, for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

●    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

●    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

●    any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

●    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

In addition, our by-laws provide that:

●    we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Nevada General Corporation Law; and

●    we will advance expenses, including attorneys' fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings, subject to limited exceptions.

 We intend to obtain and thereafter maintain general liability insurance that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit our stockholders and us. Furthermore, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceedings that might result in a claim for such indemnification.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

Below is a chart of all the unregistered shareholder who purchased shares since inception.

The chart provides detail on the sales price of the security, person purchasing the security, the date and amount of the security.

None Investors Shares Date Purchased Price  Restricted Common 
1. Lim Khiow Hui  600,000 Shares 05/16/2022 $.001  YES 
2. Joseph Lanius  150,000 Shares 05/16/2022 $.001  YES 
3. Nicholas Burnett  150,000 Shares 05/16/2022 $.001  YES 

 

6,430,000 common shares were issued on September 3, 2009 to Phillip Kueber for the acquisition

II-1

 

960,000,000 common shares were issued on December 23, 2009 for a proposed capital raise (400,000,000 to Phillip Kueber, 400,000,000 to Debbie Smith, 80,000,000 to Qualstar Capital Group and 80,000,000 to Fordee CA Trust).

1,600,000,000 shares were issued half to Phil Kueber and half to Debbie Smith on December 28, 2009 for a $75,000 debt repayment.

200,000,000 shares were issued to Qualstar Capital Corp. and 200,000,000 to Fordee CA Trust on May 18, 2010 for an acquisition and a proposed capital raise.

All of the above shares were reversed 1:10,000 on September 8, 2010.

98,482,000 common shares were issued to 26 former WVSPA investors and 3,756,000 shares to others to acquire WVSPA Bio Products International LLC by May 12, 2012.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.EXHIBITS

The following exhibits are included with this registration statement:

Exhibit Number.No. Name/Identification of ExhibitDescription
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of the Company Inc., as amended (filed as an Exhibit to Form 8-K, filed on May 16, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3.13.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (filed as an Exhibit to Form 8-K, filed on May 16, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3.3Articles of Organization of The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC (filed as an Exhibit to Form 8-K, filed on May 16, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3.4Operating Agreement of The Catalyst Group Entertainment, LLC (filed as an Exhibit to Form 8-K, filed on May 16, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3.5Articles of Incorporation of a California corporation IQI Media Inc. (filed as an Exhibit to Form 8-K, filed on May 16, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3.23.6 Amended ArticlesBylaws of IncorporationIQI Media Inc. (filed as an Exhibit to Form 8-K, filed on May 16, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3.34.1 BylawsShare Exchange Agreement (filed as an Exhibit to Form 8-K, filed on May 16, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference.)
5.1 Opinion of McMurdo Law Group, LLC, legal counsel (filed as an Exhibit to Form S-1, filed on August 22, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference.)
523.1 OpinionConsent of Joseph L. Pittera, Esq.BF Borgers CPA PC
23.2 Consent of McMurdo Law Group, LLC (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.199.1 Consent of Independent AuditorSubscription Agreement (filed as an Exhibit to Form S-1, filed on August 22, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference.)
23.2107 Consent of Counsel (See Exhibit 5)
99.1Subscription AgreementFiling fee schedule

 

31

II-2

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

Under Rule 415 of the Securities Act, we are registering securities for an offering to be made on a continuous or delayed basis in the future. UNDERTAKINGS

The registration statement pertains only to securities (a) the offering of which will be commenced promptly, will be made on a continuous basis and may continue for a period in excess of 30 days from the date of initial effectiveness and (b) are registered in an amount which, at the time the registration statement becomes effective, is reasonably expected to be offered and sold within two years from the initial effective date of the registration.Registrant undertakes:

Based on the above-referenced facts and in compliance with the above-referenced rules, Zyrox Mining International, Inc. includes the following undertakings in this Registration Statement:

A. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period, in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in the volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of the Registration Fee” table in the effective Registration Statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.

(1) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(2) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

B.1. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officersthe director, officer and controlling personsperson of the Registrant,registrant pursuant to the Registrantforegoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrantregistrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrantregistrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrantregistrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

SIGNATURES

The Registrant is registering securities under Rule 415 of the Securities Act and hereby undertakes:

1. To file, during any period in which it offers or sells securities, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

(i)Include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii)Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information in the registration statement; and notwithstanding the forgoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospects filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in the volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

(iii)Include any additional or changed material information on the plan of distribution.

2. That, for the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

3. To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

II-3

4. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

A. For determining liability of the undersigned issuer under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned issuer undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned issuer pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned issuer will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

i.Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned issuer relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

ii.Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned issuer or used or referred to by the undersigned issuer;

iii.The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned issuer or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned issuer; and

iv.Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned issuer to the purchaser.

B. That for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to the director, officer and controlling person of the issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.”

In accordancethe event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the issuer in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements of filing on Form S-1 and authorizedduly caused this Registration Statementregistration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized in the City of Miami, State of FloridaReno, Nevada on September 20, 2012.2022.

Zyrox Mining International, Inc.WINVEST GROUP LTD.
(Registrant)
By:/s/ Jeffrey Wong Kah Mun
By:  /s/Carl Kruse
President, SecretaryJeffrey Wong Kah Mun, CEO and Director

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statementregistration statement was signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates stated:stated.

Dated: September 20, 2022

SignatureBy:TitleDate/s/ Wan Nyuk Ming
Wan Nyuk Ming, Chairman and Director
By:/s/ Carl KrusePresident, Secretary and DirectorSeptember 20, 2012Ng Chian Yin
/s/ Aslam HalimExecutive Vice President, andNg Chian Yin, DirectorSeptember 20, 2012
/s/ Carl Kruse VelazquezTreasurer and DirectorSeptember 20, 2012

 

33

II-5